Trust Meltdown - Hayek Institute
Trust Meltdown - Hayek Institute
Trust Meltdown - Hayek Institute
You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles
YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.
Most time is lost<br />
by not thinking out.<br />
Alfred Herrhausen<br />
1930-1989<br />
<strong>Trust</strong> <strong>Meltdown</strong><br />
The Financial Industry Needs<br />
a Fundamental Restart<br />
Edited by<br />
Roland Schatz & Matthias Vollbracht<br />
“President Barack Obama stepped up his campaign<br />
against Wall Street ‘We have to get this done,’<br />
Obama said at the White House. ‘If these folks want<br />
a fight, it‘s a figh I‘m ready to have.’“<br />
Barack Oboma quoted in AP Jan 21 2010<br />
– the day after the elections in Massachusetts<br />
| 3
4 |<br />
Copyright © 2010 INNOVATIO Ltd.<br />
ISBN: 978-3-906501-20-8
Foreword<br />
by Kofi Annan, UN Secretary-General (1997-2006)<br />
As this publication shows, trust and<br />
confidence in leaders, whether in<br />
business, the public sector or politicians,<br />
have been severely shaken.<br />
Almost two years after the global<br />
economic crisis first broke, we are still<br />
seeing the social and political fallout<br />
through rising unemployment and<br />
economic insecurity, public anger,<br />
protest and civil disorder. There are<br />
many who rightly see the crisis as<br />
the consequence of failure to put<br />
economic policies at the service of<br />
the common good. As Adam Smith<br />
wrote over 250 years ago in his<br />
Theory of Moral Sentiments, universal<br />
values far beyond the profit<br />
motive – including humanity, justice,<br />
generosity and public spiritedness<br />
– must provide the framework for<br />
markets to work effectively. Now, he<br />
might argue, is the perfect moment<br />
to ensure that such core values are<br />
finally hardwired into public policy<br />
and international relations. In a highly<br />
interconnected world beset with<br />
shared problems, we cannot afford<br />
to get this wrong. And if we get it<br />
right, then we might finally have<br />
learned the lessons that Smith was<br />
trying to teach us.<br />
| 5
Content<br />
Introduction 8<br />
1. Analysis: Reasons and Consequences<br />
of the <strong>Trust</strong> <strong>Meltdown</strong><br />
1.1. Only Few Options Left for the Banking Industry<br />
to Regain <strong>Trust</strong> 12<br />
By Roland Schatz<br />
1.2. The Loss of <strong>Trust</strong> and Personalisation 29<br />
By Matthias Vollbracht<br />
1.3. Dick Fuld, the Man Who Brought the World<br />
to its Knees 43<br />
By Andrew Gowers<br />
1.4. Is Media in Need of a Reality Check? 52<br />
Global Media Coverage on the Banking<br />
and Economic crisis<br />
By Wadim Schreiner<br />
2. Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />
2.1. The <strong>Trust</strong> <strong>Meltdown</strong> 68<br />
By Alfed R. Berkeley III and Phillip Moyer<br />
2.2. Transparency and Verification from a<br />
Regulator’s Perspective: 72<br />
Using XBRL to Restore <strong>Trust</strong> in Finance<br />
and Government<br />
By Paul Wilkinson<br />
2.3. Enhancing Capital Markets Transparency and <strong>Trust</strong> 90<br />
By Liv Apneseth Watson<br />
6 |
3. Best Practice<br />
3.1. We Need to Watch Risk, Not Size 101<br />
By Emilio Botin<br />
3.2. Sustainable Investment 109<br />
By Joachim Faber<br />
3.3 Lessons from the Microfinance Sector:<br />
Building <strong>Trust</strong> Through Information 116<br />
By Scott Gaul<br />
4. Supervision Needs Controlling<br />
4.1. Learning From the Crisis 125<br />
By Mark B. Fuller & Joseph B. Fuller<br />
4.2.Peer review will need to be Peer pressure 129<br />
By Robert B. Zoellick<br />
5. Communication: The Finance Sector<br />
Needs a New Media Strategy<br />
5.1. The End of Financial Market Communication<br />
Dominance 141<br />
By Richard Gaul<br />
5.2. Let’s Have a Dream: Media Becoming Triggers! 145<br />
Interview with Michel Ogrizek<br />
6. <strong>Trust</strong> and Credulity, Sin and Suspicion: Must the crisis<br />
of trust lead to a society of suspicion? 149<br />
By Alistair Macdonald-Radcliff<br />
Contributors 158<br />
| 7
Introduction<br />
Introduction<br />
by Roland Schatz & Matthias Vollbracht<br />
In 2002, Augustinus Graf Henckel-<br />
Donnersmarck, a member of the Premonstratensian<br />
order and corporate<br />
consultant, invited us to take part in<br />
coaching the executives of a major<br />
international bank. At first we did<br />
not know why communication skills<br />
were so much needed as his usual<br />
focus was quite different: namely<br />
strategic planning and implementation.<br />
But after only a few sessions the<br />
puzzle was solved for us as it became<br />
clear that the willingness of bankers<br />
to talk to each other was spectacularly<br />
limited. We proposed additional<br />
levels of dialogue beyond the usual<br />
consultation in later phases of our<br />
work in order to enable real feedback.<br />
Such ideas were always rejected<br />
with the shaking of heads as was any<br />
suggestion of further developing<br />
communication in a continuing and<br />
managed way with potential customers,<br />
employees and all other stakeholders<br />
of importance to the bank.<br />
The experience of seeing the sheer<br />
effort it took from Augustinus to<br />
spur on these normally responsive<br />
and responsible people to grapple<br />
with these fundamental issues made<br />
a deep impression on us, as did also<br />
the way that the senior office bearers<br />
quickly withdrew from facing the<br />
image of themselves that came back<br />
to them in the process. The company<br />
ended up being taken over shortly<br />
after the collaboration with Augusti-<br />
8 |<br />
nus ended and afterwards we often<br />
thought that it would have been very<br />
useful to publish these cautionary<br />
experiences as a case study using<br />
anonymised data. But in the end we<br />
did not do so in part from the hope<br />
that this was an isolated case which<br />
the economic system had in the end<br />
corrected through the ultimate takeover<br />
of the company.<br />
Since that time however, anyone<br />
following closely the ways in which<br />
The Wall Street Journal, The Financial<br />
Times or Il Sole 24 Ore report on<br />
companies will have noted that in<br />
fact the role of the specialist media in<br />
determining the reputation of entire<br />
industries has grown less and less. Instead<br />
it is now the news programmes<br />
of Al Arabia, BBC, CBS and the SABC<br />
that are fulfilling this role.<br />
Charting this through the recent<br />
financial meltdown is particularly<br />
informative. For one brief moment<br />
the finance industry appeared to<br />
wake up and acknowledge that there<br />
was important life on Main Street<br />
beyond the office towers of Wall<br />
Street upon which Wall Street has extraordinary<br />
influence and consequent<br />
obligations. But, whereas Main Street<br />
became repeatedly aware of this<br />
dependence, before September 2008<br />
it was only fleetingly acknowledged<br />
within the financial industry at the<br />
highest level.
Thus, by the time of the first partial<br />
repayment of the tax monies given<br />
through the “bailout” was made,<br />
Wall Street appeared to behave as<br />
if the status quo had again been<br />
simply restored. This tendency was<br />
reinforced perhaps by the fact that<br />
by Spring 2009 the „credit providers”<br />
of Autumn 2008 were themselves in<br />
need. Thus the old power structures<br />
appeared superficially to have been<br />
restored and the Fuggers, as it were,<br />
merely sent their greetings. But, in<br />
contrast to the bankers of the middle<br />
ages, the finance industry of the<br />
present day had by that point done<br />
such damage to the outside world as<br />
to comprise an historic, one-off event<br />
that may fittingly be compared to<br />
the psycholigical impact of the earthquake<br />
in Haiti. Such was the real<br />
world impact on the unemployed,<br />
former home owners and mediumsized<br />
businesses.<br />
Thus Main Street, even now, fourteen<br />
months after the Lehman<br />
collapse is in fact as little restored as<br />
the streets of Port-au-Prince, and the<br />
real world impact continues to grow<br />
and spread. Parents, who could not<br />
replace the money saved for years<br />
for their children’s studies have, since<br />
the financial meltdown, still made<br />
no plan B and have few resources<br />
through which to develop one.<br />
It is the contrast between the two<br />
sets of perceptions on the part<br />
respectively of Wall Street and Main<br />
Street which has set the stage for the<br />
current bonus scandal. On one hand,<br />
bankers see things as back to normal<br />
with spectacular profits returning,<br />
while on the other hand, in the<br />
world beyond Wall Street, things<br />
continue to get worse. Thus, on a<br />
daily basis ordinary people read in<br />
their media in Africa, Asia, Australia<br />
and Europe that Wall Street is not<br />
only talking about bonuses, but in<br />
the process of paying them out in the<br />
billions for 2009. In some cases it is<br />
considering doing so even though it<br />
was not able to achieve a profit, as<br />
the case of UBS shows us, while the<br />
unchanged and generous accounting<br />
guidelines prevailing at Citibank are<br />
being used to the same end.<br />
It is at such a time as this that the<br />
unique legacy and memory of Alfred<br />
Herrhausen, the long-time CEO of<br />
Deutsche Bank merits recovery and<br />
recollection. Dr. Herrhausen was<br />
murdered on 30.11.1989. He was a<br />
long standing friend of Augustinus<br />
and shared his religiously informed<br />
moral vision and concerns. Time and<br />
time again he pointed out to his own<br />
company, as well as the entire industry,<br />
the special responsibility which<br />
bankers have. The contacts he had<br />
with Augustinus led him as the CEO<br />
of the then most important banking<br />
institution in Europe to address the<br />
challenge of explaining and justifying<br />
his actions in an inter-disciplinary and<br />
inter-generational dialogue others<br />
| 9
Introduction<br />
would do well to follow now. His<br />
reverence for Karl Popper made him<br />
cherish facts and allowed him to see<br />
connections which others declined to<br />
perceive. Herrhausen’s championing<br />
of the need to free developing countries<br />
from their burden of debt in the<br />
interests of the wider world community<br />
was not the only result of his<br />
breadth of thought and gained him<br />
friends far beyond the usual confines<br />
of the financial industry.<br />
When, directly after the murder of<br />
Herrhausen, his formal successor, Hilmar<br />
Kopper, gave his first interview,<br />
it went out under the heading “Why<br />
do I need Popper when my name is<br />
Kopper”. Such a title certainly did<br />
little to suggest that holistic thinking<br />
beyond the bounds of ordinary<br />
categories and which reflected wider<br />
responsibilities would continue to<br />
prosper in Frankfurt or beyond. Noone<br />
can say whether Deutsche Bank<br />
would have been deflected from<br />
the narrow focus and dominance<br />
of “making money out of money“<br />
ethos under Herrhausen, but it would<br />
at least have been typical of him to<br />
force reflection on the implications<br />
of such tendencies. This was not least<br />
due to his proximity to the Ruhr area<br />
as well as his close association with<br />
Augustinus, who sometimes provided<br />
him with more contact with Main<br />
Street than he might have chosen<br />
himself. He would certainly have<br />
withdrawn from his position rather<br />
10 |<br />
than ever accept the comparison of<br />
his employees’ work with that of a<br />
casino – which at that time no one<br />
would in any case have ever made.<br />
The murder of Dr. Alfred Herrhausen<br />
is still unexplained to this day<br />
and happened exactly twenty years<br />
ago. All of which gives us reason<br />
to pose the kinds of question he<br />
asked: can the banks really live with<br />
their (in)action? Can banks really<br />
want what is currently taking place<br />
when they think through the consequences?<br />
It is an horrific feat for an industry<br />
that has trust at the foundation of<br />
its business that in 2009 only 4% still<br />
placed their trust in those responsible<br />
in Wall Street. The long-term<br />
analysis of reputations undertaken<br />
in the first chapter of the work that<br />
follows shows two further grave<br />
findings. First, long before the<br />
Lehman crash and the sub-prime<br />
crisis positive reports were no longer<br />
appearing in the opinion-leader<br />
media around the globe regarding<br />
the actions of the finance industry.<br />
This shows that the collapse in trust<br />
was already underway long before<br />
its almost total collapse in the face of<br />
the recent financial crisis. Secondly, in<br />
the year after the finance meltdown,<br />
the image has not improved it has<br />
only worsened, so there is much to<br />
be done and addressing this is very<br />
urgent. Headlines such as “The bank
we love to hate” do not appear now<br />
in left wing publications but rather in<br />
the Financial Times. “Banksters” is a<br />
term now used in the Boulevard and<br />
reminds even the illiterate of the old<br />
comparison of Berthold Brecht. The<br />
consequences of a loss of trust are<br />
financial deductions in the billions as,<br />
for instance, UBS had to continue to<br />
admit even in 2009.<br />
There are several avenues for escaping<br />
the present downward spiral.<br />
One option is for all the participants<br />
to re-orient themselves back in<br />
accord with the old ground rules embodied<br />
by such a respected figure as<br />
Dr Herrhausen who indeed served as<br />
a benchmark for the finance world‘s<br />
conduct. If doing that directly is too<br />
much, then at least those who did<br />
not participate in the misconduct<br />
must draw attention to their best<br />
practice concepts and offer alternatives.<br />
These must be implemented and<br />
the message that this is happening<br />
must be communicated successfully<br />
to the wider public. In the absence of<br />
such reforms, fundamental alternatives<br />
to existing financial institutions<br />
will arise, after all, who now still<br />
types on an Olivetti typewriter?<br />
Ten years ago there was no Google.<br />
Already in Africa, people no longer<br />
manage their cash flow in a bank but<br />
rather through their telephone, for<br />
security reasons… The one thing that<br />
should above all else be clear is that<br />
the status quo is not an option.<br />
The two further chapters that then<br />
follow on from the detailed diagnosis<br />
of the loss of trust in the industry and<br />
their responsible heads, deal respectively<br />
with the regaining of trust<br />
by providing transparent data and<br />
figures and, after that it is demonstrated,<br />
by using the examples of Bank<br />
Santander, Allianz Global Investors as<br />
well as Micro Finance that alternatives<br />
are possible. These two chapters<br />
are followed by a chapter starting<br />
to explore the new measures set by<br />
the G20 and others, and the extent<br />
to which the financial meltdown was<br />
indeed unique. As transparency is the<br />
best control, a chapter follows presenting<br />
two proposals as to how the<br />
communication activities of all participants<br />
can be sustainably changed.<br />
In memory of Augustinus and Alfred<br />
Herrhausen, the book ends with a<br />
text concerned with the specifically<br />
moral dimensions of the present crisis<br />
and the need to secure improved<br />
compliance through trust grounded<br />
positively by personal commitment to<br />
the moral rather than an ultimately<br />
vain quest merely to expose error.<br />
We hope that these texts will help<br />
all those who do not want to be<br />
satisfied with the status quo and<br />
the mentality that cries merely “The<br />
show must go on”. Our wonderful<br />
team of authors is responsible for the<br />
ideas, but as always any errors are<br />
our responsibility.<br />
| 11
1. Analysis:<br />
Reasons and Consequences of the <strong>Trust</strong> <strong>Meltdown</strong><br />
1.1.<br />
Only Few Options Left for the Banking<br />
Industry to Regain <strong>Trust</strong><br />
By Roland Schatz<br />
March 2010 will mark the anniversary<br />
of the attack on Sir Fred Goodwin,<br />
the former CEO of the Royal Bank<br />
of Scotland (RBS). December 2009 a<br />
bank had to be evacuated in Frankfurt<br />
because of a bomb threat. One<br />
week ahead of the World Economic<br />
Forum 2010 in Davos, President<br />
Obama has publicly threatened Wall<br />
Street saying “If these folks want a<br />
fight, it is a fight that I am ready to<br />
have” a turn of phrase that did not<br />
help to reduce the tension on either<br />
side. These different episodes are<br />
enough to give pause and for executives<br />
to ask themselves „What will I<br />
tell my children when they look me<br />
in the eyes and ask me if we could<br />
become the next target?”<br />
Ten months after the attack on Mr.<br />
Goodwin, bank executives and their<br />
boards of directors need to be convincing<br />
to the public in regard to the<br />
following:<br />
- Have we in 2009 been communicating<br />
our financial position accurately<br />
to our clients and stakeholders?<br />
- Have the apologies for our negligence<br />
been brought out clearly<br />
enough so that customers not only<br />
hear them but are also able to<br />
understand them?<br />
- Have transparent measures been<br />
implemented so that the mistakes<br />
are not repeated?<br />
12 |<br />
- Have new policies been put in<br />
place to strengthen risk management<br />
policies?<br />
Thus far, unfortunately instead of<br />
answering these questions consumer<br />
have witnessed the banks increasing<br />
their fees for checking and saving<br />
accounts as well as transactions and<br />
other services. Home owners in the<br />
U.S. who lost their four walls, were<br />
reading more and more statements<br />
in the newspapers made by their old<br />
contractual partners that it was their<br />
own fault if they took out loans that<br />
they were unable to pay back. From<br />
an objective point of view, this may<br />
often have been correct observation<br />
- but in the context of 2009 its effect<br />
was not only cynical, but it exposed<br />
the advisory incompetence of bank<br />
employees who had checked and<br />
countersigned these same contracts.<br />
As a final image shredder there have<br />
been countless headlines about bankers’<br />
bonuses in the news. While some<br />
banks have started to make money<br />
again, in the case of UBS they occasioned<br />
further public outrage when<br />
they announced that they planned<br />
to distribute CHF 4 billion to their<br />
managers even though the company<br />
remained in deficit.<br />
At the same time, Goldman Sachs<br />
(GS), CEO Mr. Blankfein was quoted<br />
all over the world that the financial
meltdown could be compared to a<br />
hurricane, a phenomenon of nature<br />
and not man thus obviously rejecting<br />
responsibility for contributing to the<br />
financial meltdown. One could not<br />
help but be surprised at reading such<br />
details of the hearing before law<br />
makers in Washington DC only weeks<br />
after the FT had titled this bank “The<br />
bank we love to hate most” – which<br />
should have been<br />
a final wake up<br />
call not only to<br />
Broad Street 55.<br />
Cartoons are a<br />
late indicator<br />
of reputational<br />
damage and<br />
the Frankfurter<br />
Allgemeine<br />
Zeitung (FAZ)<br />
tried to help<br />
letting banking<br />
executives understand<br />
what<br />
their current<br />
position and<br />
reputation is.<br />
People still remember the bank crisis<br />
from twenty years ago in which the<br />
government in Washington, as part<br />
of the rescue action (USD 300 billion<br />
were needed back then) dismissed<br />
the top management without notice<br />
and bonuses as a sign of taking<br />
responsibility. Today when Joe Average<br />
reads the headlines that Wall<br />
Street Bankers are receiving millions<br />
of dollars in bonuses and getting<br />
promotions while they still sit on the<br />
sideline with mortgages they cannot<br />
pay and lost jobs, and thinking<br />
about Washington using their tax<br />
dollars to bail the banks out less that<br />
14 months ago there is no wonder<br />
it has caused the uproar and deep<br />
distrust throughout society. Even<br />
after acknowledging that Goldman<br />
Sachs payed<br />
their taxpayer’s<br />
loan back at a<br />
higher interest<br />
rate than<br />
required it was<br />
not sufficient<br />
to re-establish<br />
public trust.<br />
Every citizen on<br />
every continent<br />
whose public<br />
swimming pool<br />
is closed for<br />
lack of funds in<br />
the municipal<br />
coffers, whose<br />
children can no longer visit the local<br />
libraries, whose schools had to close<br />
partially or totally for lack of funds<br />
will judge their politicians in the<br />
coming elections on their actions<br />
to make sure that the Wall Street<br />
bankers are held responsible for the<br />
damage caused and set policies in<br />
place to avoid another market crash<br />
triggered by greed.<br />
“I don‘t want you playing with the banking<br />
directors’ kids”<br />
FAZ, 19.01.2010<br />
| 13
Analysis<br />
Since the time when people first populated<br />
the planet they have looked<br />
for scapegoats during times of crisis.<br />
The most suitable scapegoats have<br />
often been a minority population.<br />
And if this minority has reputation<br />
issues then the finance industry and<br />
politicians cannot continue with their<br />
„same as usual!“ attitude in 2010,<br />
not least because politicians‘ reputations<br />
have developed in diametrical<br />
opposition to the media reputations<br />
of the bankers since the financial<br />
meltdown, as the data of the ongoing<br />
reputation tracker illustrates .<br />
To demonstrate, that this is no longer<br />
“just” a reputation issue one should<br />
be aware of three concrete actions<br />
aimed by mainstreet at reducing the<br />
power of Wall Street:<br />
10%<br />
0%<br />
-10%<br />
-20%<br />
-30%<br />
-40%<br />
-50%<br />
Q1/02 Q3/03 Q1/05 Q3/06 Q1/08<br />
Q4/02 Q2/04 Q4/05 Q2/07 Q4/08<br />
1) Moveyourmoney.org created by<br />
Huffington Post. This is one of those<br />
typical initiatives that allows the<br />
market place to act while not having<br />
to wait for legislation. The appeal<br />
during the 2009 Christmas period to<br />
all who still let the large banks administer<br />
their money has been taken<br />
up by media worldwide and is easy<br />
to implement. Similarly to the Shell<br />
boycott following the Brent Spar<br />
affair, it costs the knowledgeable<br />
customer little to draw their money<br />
from Citibank and to transfer it to a<br />
bank with a local reference and local<br />
control.<br />
2) Customers started turning away<br />
from the financial system already<br />
10 years ago: entire territories in<br />
Europe’s regions abandoned the euro<br />
Chart 1.1. Rating of Political and Economic Protagonists 01/02 – 12/08<br />
Basis: 49,555 news reports on economic topics in German TV 2002 - 2008<br />
14 |<br />
Political Protagonists<br />
Economic Protagonists
and created their own regional currencies.<br />
In the beginning when the<br />
die hards were derided across the old<br />
continent, “global” concepts were<br />
developed which will achieve a massive<br />
acceleration after the financial<br />
meltdown. At the early stage these<br />
concepts largely followed the antiglobalisation<br />
ideology and therefore<br />
only featured limited, but considerable,<br />
volumes. In the meanwhile, the<br />
regional currencies had long made<br />
the connection to the existing currencies<br />
and became a relevant alternative<br />
both for the middle-class and the<br />
wealthy.<br />
3) Up until recently, micro-financing<br />
was regarded as irrelevant by most<br />
major banking institutions. Today<br />
with more than 2,000 different Micro<br />
finance operations in place banking<br />
executives have come to the realisation<br />
that 10 million low risk 50 dollar<br />
loans were, on the whole, more<br />
sustainable than a 500 million loan<br />
gone wrong. At the same time as<br />
microfinance has been considered a<br />
financial instrument only for poorest,<br />
media is now reporting that microfinance<br />
concept has found its market<br />
in Spain and several of other mature<br />
markets.<br />
The trends above are samples of<br />
money moving away from large<br />
global financial player to local more<br />
trusted transparent and accountable<br />
institutions with a regional reference<br />
or personally liable shareholders.<br />
This trend is more likely to continue<br />
as long as trust is not restored on<br />
Wall Street.<br />
Meanwhile executives of the “too<br />
big to fail” banking institutions have<br />
created the impression to the general<br />
public that their next bonus negotiations<br />
are more important to them<br />
than making sure their customers<br />
and stakeholders understand how<br />
the finance sector must change to<br />
prohibit another melt down. To add<br />
more fuel to the fire, headlines news<br />
accused several of the banks and<br />
their audit firms of wilfully misrepresented<br />
their financial position to investors.<br />
Massive class-action lawsuits<br />
have been reported against for example,<br />
Royal Bank of Canada and the<br />
accounting firm KPMG for the more<br />
than $132 million lost by Canadian investors<br />
in the collapse of hedge-fund<br />
operator Norshield Financial Group is<br />
just one of many lawsuits eroding the<br />
trust of the market place.<br />
CPA firms are facing massive lawsuits<br />
running into the billions because<br />
they gave assurances and positive<br />
opinions on the levels of disclosure<br />
of the largest sub-prime credit<br />
providers despite notifications of<br />
irregularities and missing vouchers<br />
from regional accountants. In the<br />
press one can read rumours that the<br />
accounting industry is even asking<br />
Washington for delays in court deci-<br />
| 15
Analysis<br />
sions because otherwise the entire<br />
industry could collapse. Will these<br />
companies too try to argue they too<br />
should be just “too big to fail?”<br />
Month after month the Americans<br />
had to face a hitherto unknown<br />
unemployment rate of 10% and<br />
entrepreneurs are told that there is<br />
not enough money in the bank to<br />
continue their loan request and there<br />
are not enough new loans available<br />
to provide for business expansion.<br />
Meanwhile everybody continues to<br />
read in the headlines that the banks<br />
appear to have sufficient funds to<br />
distribute bonuses to the tune of<br />
billions. At least some Ivy League<br />
universities and institutions such has<br />
Harvard Business School (HBS) have<br />
in the last year apologized publicly<br />
for their role in fostering short term<br />
thinking in their curriculum.<br />
However, for people who saved for<br />
their children’s studies and entrusted<br />
their money to the professionals at<br />
Lehman month after month just to<br />
be tersely told one day that this company<br />
is not counted as one of those<br />
„too big to fail“ by the other competitors,<br />
the reference to the small<br />
print on the back of the contract or<br />
an apology from Harvard is of no<br />
consolation.<br />
Their disappointment and anger<br />
towards the supposedly “super-educated<br />
professionals” would at the<br />
most be reduced if the clever people<br />
16 |<br />
would apologise in a way that is visible<br />
and audible to them and other<br />
aggrieved parties without any ifs and<br />
buts – in a way similar to the scholars<br />
like Nitin Nohria from HBS.<br />
Michel Ogrizek, a former communications<br />
director of a prominent investment<br />
bank, refers to the problem<br />
that many groups of professions<br />
are represented on the boards of<br />
banks, just not those who understand<br />
communication and the feelings of<br />
people. The advice, to “not overdo it<br />
with the apologies” must have come<br />
from the extensively-staffed legal<br />
departments which, as always in such<br />
cases, refer and will always refer in<br />
the future, to the risk of the damage<br />
claims derived from the apologies.<br />
But who poses the question<br />
as to how much business has in the<br />
meantime been lost by the financial<br />
institution because the apology was<br />
not perceptible to the customer? The<br />
expertise in business administration<br />
science, often criticised for making<br />
many mistakes, can, at least on this<br />
topic, refer to extensive results in<br />
the area of opportunity-cost-calculation.<br />
The fate of the UBS share price,<br />
and still more the billions withdrawn<br />
by its customers after the Autumn<br />
of 2008, should give bank CEOs<br />
and their board directors cause for<br />
thought and cause for special care in<br />
making their next round of staff appointments<br />
to the relevant posts.
Chart 1.2. shows how the negative<br />
reports on the banks in general did<br />
not improve but became increasingly<br />
devastating in year 1 after the financial<br />
meltdown<br />
The reason why, in surveys, Wall<br />
Street bankers “enjoy” only 4%<br />
esteem in all respondents, why school<br />
children hardly state “banker” as a<br />
basic profession and why politicians<br />
from all countries will trim any room<br />
for play that financial institutions<br />
have with legislation is however not<br />
only found in the lack of awareness<br />
of blame and admission of guilt.<br />
There is the further reason that faith<br />
in the strategic competence of managers<br />
had already long been in doubt<br />
10%<br />
0%<br />
2003/1<br />
2004/1<br />
2005/1 2007/1 2009/1<br />
2006/1 2008/1<br />
within opinion-leading media, as is<br />
substantiated by the data from Germany<br />
in chart 1.3 on the next page.<br />
At the G20 summit in September of<br />
2009 the executives of the global<br />
financial institutions could not bring<br />
themselves to a clear globally agreed<br />
commitment on common guidelines<br />
for minimum liquidity and bonus<br />
structures. Following the G20, almost<br />
every financial house seemed once<br />
again to look for the lightest regulation<br />
and to propose similar conduct<br />
to that of its competitors and when<br />
they were not prepared to comply,<br />
they sought to mothball again and<br />
completely any actions in matters<br />
of control and sustainable manage-<br />
Chart 1.2. Evaluation of individual banks vs. industry, 01/2003 – 09/2009<br />
Average rating in German media<br />
20%<br />
-10%<br />
-20%<br />
-30%<br />
-40%<br />
-50%<br />
-60%<br />
Basis: 41,879 reports about bank, bank managers and the banking industry in 21/29 media<br />
Indiv idual bank<br />
Indiv idual bankers<br />
Banks in general/<br />
banking industry<br />
| 17
Analysis<br />
ment. What has only very seldom<br />
succeeded since the earliest phase of<br />
human existence appears to be what<br />
bank executives and their boards of<br />
directors want to apply to attempt:<br />
namely pointing the finger of blame<br />
at others and then doing nothing<br />
themselves.<br />
The times in which some banks such<br />
as Citibank believed they could prevent<br />
unpopular reporting by closing<br />
its own press office, or UBS which in<br />
its time thought it could eliminate<br />
unpopular reporting in media by<br />
having its employees buy up all the<br />
editions of offending papers from<br />
the kiosks in Zurich, may be a thing<br />
of the past – but the way in which<br />
managers in the finance industry<br />
take so little care to ensure that their<br />
0%<br />
-5%<br />
-10%<br />
-15%<br />
-20%<br />
-25%<br />
own press department don‘t “sanitise”<br />
the clippings, does not imply<br />
that there is a real interest in the<br />
facts: In the meantime, it is not only<br />
the WSJ or FT that are closely watching<br />
every (in)action taken by a Wall<br />
Street manager but EVERY newspaper,<br />
magazine, radio station and TV<br />
camera – not to mention the online<br />
activists. In 2009, the year in which<br />
the top management of banks stated<br />
that the situation would slowly calm<br />
down, Main Street’s judgement of<br />
Wall Street is comparable to the<br />
reputation of the tobacco industry:<br />
the trust has been eroded and only<br />
addicts still ask for the product.<br />
The invitations to the White House,<br />
Downing Street, the Federal Chancellery<br />
and all other government<br />
Chart 1.3. Evaluation of companies with regard to strategic and M&A issues,<br />
German TV and print media 1999 – 2009<br />
Balance of +/- ratings<br />
5%<br />
-30%<br />
1999 2001 2003 2005 2007 2009<br />
2000 2002 2004 2006 2008<br />
Basis: 352,492 reports about companies, managers and industries in ARD Tagesschau/Tagesthmen, ZDF Heute/Heute<br />
Journal, RTL Aktuell, BILD*, Spiegel, Focus (* some issues missing)<br />
18 |
Chart 1.4. Evaluation of tobacco and banking companies<br />
in international TV news, 07/2007 – 06/2009<br />
30,1%<br />
Tobacco<br />
46,6%<br />
23,3%<br />
39,9%<br />
leaders’ houses were completely<br />
misinterpreted by Wall Street: just<br />
because governments have finally<br />
got themselves into liquidity difficulties,<br />
thereby becoming consumers of<br />
bonds (i.e. customers), by handing<br />
out taxpayers‘ funds to rescue the<br />
banking industry does not in any way<br />
mean that the customer is in fact<br />
satisfied or even grateful.<br />
Seldom have more contracts been<br />
signed with a clenched fist in the<br />
pocket than they were in 2009. The<br />
President of Iceland by refusing to<br />
sign the legislation needed for repaying<br />
the monies due in international<br />
compensation for its failed banks<br />
on the one hand positioned himself<br />
Banks<br />
negative no clear rating positive<br />
11,9%<br />
Basis: 113,766 reports about companies, industries and managers in 28 international TV news shows<br />
48,2%<br />
beyond any market logic, but on<br />
the other hand, he saw his re-election<br />
assured, and, with his conduct,<br />
stimulated the parties to act similarly<br />
in future. President Obama’s legislative<br />
initiative of January 2010 in a<br />
way follows this example and other<br />
governments may to likewise. If the<br />
banks in England feel a sense of security<br />
due to their market dominance,<br />
they would be advised to not sleep<br />
too deeply. Neither Gordon Brown<br />
nor James Cameron can afford, from<br />
a political point of view, to take no<br />
action against the financial institutions<br />
and will therefore look for<br />
alternative penalties such as levying<br />
tax on executive bonuses. Should Mr.<br />
Brown or Mr. Cameron not clearly<br />
| 19
Analysis<br />
communicate the smaller parties will<br />
achieve unexpected successes at the<br />
polls.<br />
At the same time the crisis has had<br />
some positive side-effects. What had,<br />
up until now only been discussed at<br />
conferences by experts now finally<br />
surfaced to attention of the broader<br />
public: due to the previously inadequate<br />
accounting regulations only<br />
30% of the value of a company is<br />
reflected on a balance sheet. In other<br />
words: 70% of the performance is assessable<br />
by personal contact with the<br />
respective company alone. But those<br />
companies which retrenched their<br />
customer consultants for cost reasons,<br />
as did the banks, and thought they<br />
could replace them with a cheap software<br />
programme for evaluating cred-<br />
10%<br />
0%<br />
itworthiness, reduced his own ability<br />
to make judgements to exactly this<br />
30% figure which has been reflected<br />
in the balance sheets until now. This<br />
does not have to lead only to misjudgements<br />
when assessing private<br />
or even company loans. Consequently,<br />
asset managers and floor traders<br />
hardly have any better information<br />
access upon which their decisions are<br />
made beyond this 30%. Thus, it is becoming<br />
known to the general public<br />
that the entire business of trading<br />
in shares has all too often in the<br />
end, been based on a very narrow<br />
data-base. No sick patient would let<br />
his doctor prepare a diagnosis on a<br />
comparably thin basis. Yet the banks‘<br />
CEOs and others involved have not<br />
sought to distance themselves from<br />
this substantial systems error and<br />
Chart 1.5. Image of companies/industries US TV News/Magazines,<br />
01/2002 – 02/2009<br />
20%<br />
-10%<br />
-20%<br />
-30%<br />
-40%<br />
Enron<br />
Lehman<br />
-50%<br />
Banking<br />
-60%<br />
Accounting<br />
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009<br />
Basis: Time, Newsweek, ABC, CBS, NBC evening news, 36,012 reports<br />
20 |
neither did their board of directors<br />
press for an improvement. Only after<br />
the decision by the SEC in December<br />
2009, to make transparent communication<br />
via Extensible Business Reporting<br />
Language (XBRL) legally binding,<br />
was the first step to bind disclosure<br />
by management really active.<br />
Chart 1.5. clarifies the way that accounting<br />
profession has been met<br />
with suspicion in the media ever since<br />
the Enron crisis.<br />
The banks are not in the frontline in<br />
order to publicly proceed against the<br />
auditor who incorrectly gives assurance<br />
that the financial statements<br />
are presented according to generally<br />
accepted accounting principles.<br />
Credit Suisse executives and their<br />
board of directors hit the headlines<br />
when they had to recall their own<br />
balance sheets within 7 days in their<br />
2007 annual report. The state owned<br />
and controlled German Landesbanks<br />
are yet another example of an institution<br />
fundamentally undermining<br />
every basic principle of trust. In 2009<br />
the banks adjusted their own need<br />
for financing requirements upwards<br />
by several billion within a few days,<br />
thus risking making themselves a<br />
public laughing stock with the credit<br />
provider and the general population.<br />
The economic impact of such a restatement<br />
of their annual report, will<br />
remain long in the memory of the<br />
broader public. Almost every news-<br />
paper reader is himself a borrower<br />
and can well remember his meetings<br />
with his bank’s so-called customer<br />
consultants: upward adjustments are<br />
as well-liked as the submission of incorrect<br />
figures. Whoever thinks that<br />
people will forget this appears to<br />
have skipped the psychology lectures<br />
or, even worse, saw it as irrelevant in<br />
the context of his economics studies.<br />
But aside from these fundamental<br />
and personal obstacles between Wall<br />
Street and Main Street, the finance<br />
industry will not regain trust until<br />
they start evaluating themselves and<br />
others at the company’s real economic<br />
value or be willing to face the risk<br />
and liability imposed by ministered<br />
and regulatory authorities of inaccuracy.<br />
The previous references to the uncertainties<br />
of the stock trading are<br />
however now only applicable when<br />
the person acting in that capacity<br />
can prove that they have taken all<br />
the required aspects into account in<br />
the sale. The public will no longer<br />
accept this once they are aware that<br />
the banks may well only take 30% of<br />
all the relevant factors and their own<br />
self interest into account for their<br />
investment decisions.<br />
Some banks have also been caught<br />
reportedly giving “sweetheart loans“<br />
to those who should be protecting<br />
the public from fraud and mismanagement<br />
by the banking institutions<br />
| 21
Analysis<br />
according to the Wall Street Journal,<br />
Connecticut Senator Chris Dodd and<br />
Chairman of the Senate Banking<br />
Committee received preferential<br />
treatment from Countrywide.<br />
A further aspect reminds us daily<br />
that the banks have not yet wanted<br />
to learn from other mistakes: just<br />
before the main TV newscast in Germany,<br />
for instance, an advert appears<br />
for Deutsche Bank persuading people<br />
to transfer their personal assets to<br />
the bank – at an interest rate of<br />
3.2% (before the financial meltdown<br />
this was still 5.1%). The same audience<br />
which is being lured during the<br />
advertisement with this percentage<br />
then hears in the newscast that the<br />
CEO of the same bank is however not<br />
satisfied with an interest rate of 25%<br />
Chart 1.6. Long-term trends: Salience of accounting issues<br />
in international TV news, 2001 – 2008<br />
Share of all reports (%)<br />
0,25%<br />
0,2%<br />
0,15%<br />
0,1%<br />
0,05%<br />
UK<br />
Germany<br />
US<br />
0%<br />
07-12/2001 2003 2005 2007<br />
2002 2004 2006 2008<br />
Basis: 283,698 reports about companies in 62 international media<br />
22 |<br />
for his own house. Anything else is<br />
not acceptable as it is not „industry<br />
standard“. No-one needs any further<br />
reporting here to be tempted in a fit<br />
of rage, immediately to close one‘s<br />
account with the “blue bank”. Supervisory<br />
bodies will be hard-pressed to<br />
explain to anyone that they do not<br />
know about this advert and at the<br />
same time did not listen to their CEO<br />
at the relevant events such as the<br />
balance sheet press conference or the<br />
Annual General Meeting.<br />
The experience of some at the start<br />
of the new year, of not having access<br />
to their own money by credit card,<br />
due to software errors was a further<br />
brick in the wall which, block by<br />
block, gets ever higher and which<br />
is becoming an ever more menac-<br />
Barclays<br />
Ernst & Young<br />
Goldman Sachs<br />
Credit Suisse<br />
Deutsche Bank<br />
Citi<br />
Fannie Mae<br />
AIG<br />
Societe Generale<br />
Merrill Lynch<br />
negative<br />
positive<br />
-100% -75% -50% -25% 0% 25%<br />
Share of all reports (%)
Chart 1.7. Rating of AIG in U.S. Media 2002-2005<br />
240<br />
100%<br />
220<br />
Number of reports<br />
200<br />
180<br />
80%<br />
Spitzer<br />
160<br />
140<br />
60%<br />
SARS<br />
120<br />
Criticism:<br />
Financial reporting<br />
100<br />
80<br />
practices<br />
40%<br />
60<br />
40<br />
Awareness threshold<br />
20%<br />
positive<br />
no clear<br />
20<br />
rating<br />
0<br />
1 5 9 1 5 9 1 5 9 1<br />
0%<br />
1 5 9 1 5 9 1 5 9 1<br />
negative<br />
3 7 11 3 7 11 3 7 11 3 3 7 11 3 7 11 3 7 11 3<br />
2002 2003 2004 2005 2002 2003 2004 2005<br />
Basis: 886 reports in NYT, WSJ, USA Today, WP, Time, Newsweek, ABC, CBS, NBC evening news<br />
ing barrier between the financial<br />
industry and the rest of society. On<br />
the 20t h anniversary of the fall of the<br />
Berlin wall, many studies were published<br />
concerning the construction<br />
and conquest of the “anti-capitalist<br />
barrier”. Whereas in the beginning<br />
too little information flow relating to<br />
each side allowed the maintenance<br />
of such defences, the second half of<br />
the 80s could not contain the web of<br />
deceit anymore thanks in particular<br />
to television. A continuous flow of information<br />
in both directions is, after<br />
all, the basis for trust.<br />
The chart on the communication<br />
activities of AIG demonstrates one<br />
of the reasons why the institution<br />
could, in the end, only be protected<br />
from collapse using USD 170 billion of<br />
taxpayer‘s money. Those responsible<br />
at AIG operated according to the old<br />
principle: “Every day we’re not mentioned<br />
in the media is a good day”<br />
– correspondingly poor therefore was<br />
the knowledge of just how valid their<br />
business model actually was.<br />
This behavioural pattern was not<br />
only to be observed by the insurers,<br />
but also by the banks. UBS in particular<br />
started at exactly the time when<br />
its customers needed more information<br />
but did not want to take the<br />
responsibility for the communication.<br />
The number of interviews and guest<br />
contributions in which the executives<br />
| 23
Analysis<br />
Chart 1.8. UBS share of voice in UK, US and German media, 2002-2008<br />
60%<br />
50%<br />
40%<br />
30%<br />
20%<br />
10%<br />
0%<br />
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008<br />
Basis: 28,476 reports on UBS in42 international media<br />
could have generated trust in their<br />
own company (i.e. share of voice)<br />
continuously declined at just the time<br />
when mutual discussion would have<br />
been increasingly important, as can<br />
be seen in chart 1.8.<br />
This dip in the phase in which not<br />
only customers but also the rest of society,<br />
whose approval for the authorisation<br />
of the tax billions was and is<br />
essential for the continued existence<br />
of the financial institution, should<br />
have been serviced by urgent, honest<br />
information. Failure to provide this<br />
is the actual reason why the industry<br />
cannot rely on or expect now a cheap<br />
“Absolvo te”. Cowardice is not one<br />
of the virtues that Aristotle had listed<br />
24 |<br />
Minimum share of voice<br />
including research quotes<br />
Minimum share of voice<br />
excluding research quotes<br />
Share of v oice<br />
for the development of a State. They<br />
would then be expendable for the<br />
res publica.<br />
This silence went hand in hand with<br />
a decline in the perception of the<br />
banks as experts. Already, before the<br />
UBS, Bear Stearns or Lehman crises,<br />
the public would increasingly hear<br />
the word: “recession”. Even if most<br />
of them are not able to precisely<br />
define what is comprised, they were<br />
at least aware that no positive hopes<br />
were to be associated with it. Chart<br />
1.9 shows the deflationary extent<br />
to which the term was used – long<br />
before any country in the final quarter<br />
of 2008 was defined as being in<br />
recession in respect of this definition:
The experts in the finance industry<br />
in 2010 are now faced with the twin<br />
questions: Why did they not provide<br />
the continuous information regarding<br />
their own situation which the<br />
market and the customers so urgently<br />
needed in order that they could form<br />
their own judgement and, if necessary,<br />
allow them to select alternatives<br />
in good time? Houses which were<br />
not so enmeshed in the sub-prime<br />
or the various other “making money<br />
out of money” campaigns seem to<br />
have found this more possible. And<br />
at the same time, the people would<br />
have been grateful if the highly paid<br />
analysts would have given them<br />
precise information; it seems that<br />
their horror scenarios offered for<br />
sale were only intended to get the<br />
governments to approve the bailout<br />
Chart 1.9. The “R-Word Index” 09/2007 – 12/2008<br />
7000<br />
6000<br />
5000<br />
4000<br />
3000<br />
2000<br />
1000<br />
0<br />
Stories mentioning the word "recession"<br />
scenarios quicker which actually corresponded<br />
to the data of the world<br />
economy.<br />
People react according to the information<br />
offered to them – accordingly<br />
it can come as no surprise to anyone<br />
that the Germans, in 2009, losing<br />
their leading role as the export world<br />
champion would place less and less<br />
trust, not only in the banks, but now<br />
in the entire system: the approval<br />
rates for democracy in general and<br />
for the social market economy sank<br />
further by more than 20% in 2009. In<br />
view of this information offering this<br />
comes as no surprise (see chart 1.10<br />
on the next page).<br />
The example of Allianz or Commerzbank<br />
demonstrates that this does not<br />
11/13/2008:<br />
“30-nation<br />
OECD area<br />
appeared to<br />
have entered<br />
recession”<br />
9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12<br />
2007 2008<br />
Basis: Factiva database query for Dow Jones and Reuters Newswires<br />
| 25
Analysis<br />
have to be system-immanent: When,<br />
more than 12 years ago, the Holocaust<br />
class-action suits by Ed Fagan<br />
dominated the headlines of media<br />
around the globe, the executives at<br />
Allianz did not hide behind their relatively<br />
secure legal positions. Instead,<br />
they not only remained available to<br />
journalists day after day, but they<br />
opened their archives for qualified<br />
researchers so that they could first<br />
understand the mistakes made then,<br />
and secondly, draw appropriate conclusions<br />
for the 21st century. Similarly<br />
open was the communication by the<br />
people of Munich concerning the joys<br />
and sorrows that their relationship<br />
with the Dresdner Bank had bestowed<br />
on them. For Allianz, openly<br />
speaking about their own mistakes<br />
is not a sign of weakness but part of<br />
20%<br />
15%<br />
10%<br />
5%<br />
0%<br />
2001 2003 2005 2007 2009<br />
2002 2004 2006 2008<br />
60%<br />
40%<br />
20%<br />
the usual dealings with stakeholders.<br />
The communication activities of<br />
Commerzbank are similar – although<br />
everyone can understand that the<br />
Frankfurters will not have to pay entertainment<br />
taxes for 2008 and 2009.<br />
But as long as these examples are<br />
more the exception than the rule,<br />
the fundamental doubt in the social<br />
contribution of financial institutions<br />
will remain. This is all the more so<br />
as long as they don‘t, sooner rather<br />
than later, eliminate three main<br />
blocks from the wall between them<br />
and the rest of the societies which<br />
they should serve:<br />
1. Whoever believes that they can,<br />
alone, offer a market something<br />
trustworthy with 800,000 “products”<br />
and 500,000 certificates in Germany<br />
Chart 1.10. Political values in German TV news: The economic system,<br />
salience and evaluation 2001-2009<br />
30%<br />
Share of all reports<br />
100%<br />
25%<br />
on values (%)<br />
80%<br />
Basis: 6,134 reports in ARD and ZDF news<br />
26 |<br />
0%<br />
2001 2003 2005 2007 2009<br />
2002 2004 2006 2008<br />
positive<br />
no clear<br />
rating<br />
negative
without having these inspected by<br />
an independent authority will time<br />
and again come up against the same<br />
problems.<br />
2. Whoever thinks that they can,<br />
without a compelling reason, commit<br />
the offence of client betrayal in order<br />
to optimise premium proceeds in the<br />
short term underestimates the potential<br />
of communication by the victims<br />
3. Whoever continues to communicate<br />
externally that no qualified<br />
person is prepared to come to work<br />
to fulfil his duties for less than USD<br />
500,000 in annual income, slaps 90%<br />
of all serving professors, doctors,<br />
delegates, small and medium-sized<br />
businesses, teachers, priests, etc in<br />
the face. Most of their own employees<br />
as well as journalists are expressly<br />
included.<br />
| 27
Analysis<br />
1.2. The Loss of <strong>Trust</strong> and Personalisation<br />
By Matthias Vollbracht<br />
Media in recent years has increasingly<br />
focused their corporate reporting on<br />
CEO’s, and the image of top bankers<br />
has correspondingly played a major<br />
role in the overall reputation of the<br />
industry. Even though the ratio of<br />
CEO to company reporting has not<br />
yet reached 4:1 as has long been the<br />
case in political reporting, the proportion<br />
of coverage of managers as<br />
against their corporations specifically<br />
has, in recent years increased to more<br />
than 30%. The chairperson of the<br />
Board thus increasingly represents<br />
the company, not only in the legal<br />
sense, but also in terms of public perception.<br />
Therefore, he is also ascribed<br />
an ever greater direct responsibility<br />
in media reports and what happens<br />
within the company is ever more personalised<br />
– to the point that single<br />
key words („God‘s work“) and even<br />
gestures of the CEO can characterise<br />
the image of an entire company.<br />
For journalists, personalisation is<br />
often easier than painstakingly<br />
researching the details of individual<br />
concrete responsibilities and reporting<br />
structures within the company.<br />
For CEOs this means that non-communication,<br />
as was the case in earlier<br />
times, no longer has the same meaning<br />
as merely not being mentioned<br />
in public. Instead, there is a clearly<br />
recognisable tendency to make the<br />
chief executive responsible for what<br />
happens in terms of the reporting<br />
28 |<br />
– including the detail. Personalisation<br />
in reporting on the financial<br />
crisis is on the one hand a catalyst for<br />
scandalising events, but on the other<br />
hand it is also a key to finding the<br />
solution to the problem, to rebuild<br />
trust. Nevertheless, personalisation<br />
does not work in favour of the CEO<br />
automatically – to the contrary.<br />
The trend towards personalisation<br />
and to a critical handling of the<br />
elite, including and especially the<br />
top management of companies, is<br />
an international trend, as research<br />
by Media Tenor and the corresponding<br />
surveys by Pew and Gallup in<br />
numerous markets have shown. <strong>Trust</strong><br />
in the top management of business<br />
had already suffered a hit before the<br />
outbreak of the financial crisis and<br />
their reputation was damaged. A significant<br />
part of this diminished trust<br />
was caused by the failure to solve the<br />
problems causing the collapse of the<br />
New Economy.<br />
What role does personalisation now<br />
play with respect to the financial<br />
crisis? Much research into the causes<br />
for the financial crisis has yet to be<br />
completed, but the experts are already<br />
agreed on one trigger and one<br />
consequence: namely the absence of<br />
trust. It puts pressure on the relationships<br />
between the banks to this day<br />
to the extent that they hoard the<br />
government rescue package funds
and it also puts pressure on the<br />
relationships of customers with the<br />
financial world – one indicator of<br />
which is the exorbitant gold price.<br />
What is the connection between<br />
the financial crisis and the absence<br />
of trust? At the heart of it, is the<br />
perception that many actors in the<br />
world of finance, in particular in the<br />
banks, have in recent years lost their<br />
sense of being responsible trustees<br />
of the assets entrusted to them. They<br />
are felt instead to have treated the<br />
money as if it was their own – without<br />
any accountability.<br />
The causes for the breakdown of<br />
trust include:<br />
- Greed awakened by making unrealistic<br />
promises<br />
80%<br />
60%<br />
40%<br />
20%<br />
0%<br />
A crisis for which no-one takes responsibility<br />
is a huge burden on the future.<br />
Frank Wiebe, Handelsblatt 7.4.2009<br />
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007<br />
- Promises not kept<br />
- Non-disclosure of risks<br />
- Taking no responsibility for mistakes<br />
made and a lack of any effort<br />
to rectify matters<br />
- No transparent communication<br />
of lessons learnt from the crisis<br />
or strengthening of orientation<br />
towards serving as a trustee<br />
In interpersonal relationships this<br />
would be understood as culpable<br />
action by the other and the key to<br />
regaining trust would be understanding,<br />
remorse, restitution and<br />
behavioural change. If reconciliation<br />
is unsuccessful, increased distance<br />
would be the natural consequence<br />
in addition to lasting damage to the<br />
image of the party triggering the<br />
conflict because the victim usually<br />
Chart 2.1. Personalisation in reporting on DAX 30 companies,<br />
2002-2007 (ratio of actors in %)<br />
100%<br />
Basis: 286.180 stories on DAX companies and managers in 21 German and international media,<br />
Source: Vollbracht & Brettschneider 2009<br />
company<br />
other board members<br />
CEO<br />
| 29
Analysis<br />
Chart 2.2. Evaluation of CEOs in reporting on DAX 30 companies,<br />
2002-2007 (share of positive evaluations - share of negative evaluations in %)<br />
2%<br />
0%<br />
-2%<br />
-4%<br />
-6%<br />
-8%<br />
Balance of +/- rating (per cent)<br />
-10%<br />
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007<br />
Basis: 286.180 stories on DAX companies and managers in 21 German and international media,<br />
Source: Vollbracht & Brettschneider 2009<br />
communicates the bad experience<br />
more broadly, be such communication<br />
solicited or unsolicited. But,<br />
what does it look like if the relationships<br />
are more abstract as they are,<br />
for instance, between customers and<br />
companies? And what role does communication<br />
play in it?<br />
And what role does the top management<br />
of banks play in regard to the<br />
financial crisis? Customers usually do<br />
not conclude a contract directly with<br />
a CEO but with a company. And a<br />
CEO cannot be held directly and personally<br />
liable for the mistakes made<br />
by individual employees, such as<br />
providing incorrect advice, when the<br />
number of staff is in the thousands.<br />
30 |<br />
How has top management in corporate<br />
finance, especially the banks,<br />
conducted itself in recent years? The<br />
last bank crisis was not that long<br />
ago. The collapse of the so-called<br />
New Economy bubble brought many<br />
banks into existential difficulties.<br />
In 2002, the leading U.S. media reported<br />
an excess of just on 40% negative<br />
reports on the banking sector<br />
fuelled by contributions regarding<br />
financial difficulties, fraud, accounting<br />
errors and incompetence. Already<br />
with values of -10% over a period of<br />
more than two months it is evident<br />
that the public is no longer getting<br />
the decisive positive information it<br />
requires to regain trust. But, the CEO
is perceived as taking responsibility<br />
for the full picture in public. Reporting<br />
in the wake of the sub-prime<br />
and then the financial and economic<br />
crisis once again clearly exceeded<br />
the negative picture of 2002, as the<br />
graph above shows.<br />
<strong>Trust</strong> killer #1: Wrong or incomplete<br />
information<br />
The banks could have seen from the<br />
2002 crisis that transparency and trust<br />
are crucial in conducting business<br />
and in communications, and that the<br />
banks are able to develop the best<br />
reputation in the eyes of the public if<br />
their work contributes to a well-func-<br />
2003-2007 2008 2009<br />
tioning real economy and increased<br />
prosperity through supporting<br />
growth in the various countries of<br />
their operations. Instead of shifting<br />
these core tasks of the banks to the<br />
fore and transparently providing<br />
information regarding their transactions,<br />
the top management of banks<br />
in recent years permitted themselves<br />
to be reduced in media reporting to<br />
stories about salaries, bonuses and<br />
the mistakes made during the internet<br />
bubble. A further opportunity<br />
to change course could have been<br />
provided by the findings of the New<br />
York state attorney Elliot Spitzer.<br />
Spitzer took on, with great media<br />
Chart 2.3. It didn’t start with Lehman, but that made it worse…,<br />
Balance of +/- rating of the Banking industry (per cent)<br />
0%<br />
-10%<br />
-20%<br />
-30%<br />
-40%<br />
-50%<br />
-60%<br />
Basis: 14.562 stories on the banking industry in German, UK and U.S. TV evening news 1/2003 – 9/2009<br />
U.S.<br />
UK<br />
Germany<br />
The long-term analysis shows that the loss of trust in the banking industry did<br />
not start with Lehman. The trust meltdown started after the collapse of the<br />
“New Economy”. But in the aftermath of the Lehman-collapse, rating has declined<br />
to levels not seen before.<br />
| 31
Analysis<br />
impact, the alleged or actual misconduct<br />
by banks, insurance companies<br />
and funds and forced them through a<br />
campaign of expensive comparisons.<br />
This made clear the extent to which<br />
success in business depends on public<br />
acceptance. Moreover, in many companies<br />
there is actually a minimum<br />
level of acceptance that needs to be<br />
achieved with the public, in addition<br />
to the mere legal approval for<br />
conducting business, if they are to be<br />
able to conduct business successfully.<br />
This so-called “licence to operate”<br />
is ultimately decisive for whether a<br />
company can do what it is permitted<br />
to do successfully. So far however this<br />
fact has become part of the business<br />
strategies of too few companies.<br />
What is the media reporting like now<br />
on the bank’s CEOs in the current<br />
crisis? As mentioned above, building<br />
trust in personal relationships after<br />
huge mistakes have been made is<br />
only possible once such mistakes have<br />
also been admitted to as being such.<br />
However, in the view of leading journalists<br />
admissions of mistakes are still<br />
the exception rather than the rule.<br />
Instead, journalists and insiders, such<br />
as the former communications head<br />
of Lehman Brothers, Andrew Gowers,<br />
bear witness to the loss of reality on<br />
the executive floor.<br />
A much-loved and oft repeated<br />
sentence from the mouths of bank<br />
officials in recent years has been<br />
32 |<br />
that Lehman’s bankruptcy came as<br />
a surprise and could not have been<br />
foreseen. Until Lehman‘s collapse,<br />
the problems in the finance industry<br />
were above all about the increasing<br />
risk connected to sub-prime<br />
shares, because shares in American<br />
real estate were of dubious value.<br />
Did the crisis really come as a surprise?<br />
The U.S. Wall Street Journal<br />
already reported on September 17 th ,<br />
2005 a study according to which the<br />
value of mortgage-backed securities<br />
depended in particular on whether<br />
the economy would continue to<br />
grow. On November 12 th of the same<br />
year, the paper reported on falling<br />
demand for real estate and increasing<br />
interest receivables; on November<br />
16 th , 2005, a report on dubious business<br />
practices was filed stating that<br />
the granting of credit for residential<br />
property was made too easy and that<br />
the risks were growing.<br />
The risks in the market were thus<br />
known and yet the individual exposure<br />
of each finance house, in a<br />
range of cases, was kept quiet or the<br />
risks were not appropriately presented.<br />
There are numerous reports<br />
on how the public, as well as shareholders,<br />
were systematically wrongly<br />
informed by the banks and their<br />
CEOs of the risks the banks faced.<br />
Particularly enlightening were the<br />
revelations of the last chief communicator<br />
of Lehman Brothers, the former<br />
Editor-in-Chief of the Financial Times,
Andrew Gowers. In the German<br />
newspaper, Die Welt, on December<br />
20 th , 2008 in a review of the meltdown<br />
in the finance industry, he<br />
reported on the day Lehman went<br />
bankrupt and the events preceding<br />
it. According to the article, the bank<br />
engaged in deception, especially<br />
after the collapse of Bear Stearns in<br />
April 2008 and waged an outright<br />
war against critics such as fund manager<br />
David Einhorn who had criticised<br />
Lehman’s balance sheet disclosures.<br />
The report portrays Lehman’s<br />
top management at the end as being<br />
ever more doggedly involved in<br />
internal power struggles and increasingly<br />
out of touch with reality. Until<br />
the morning of the 15 th of September,<br />
financial markets and customers were<br />
reassured that the bank had sufficient<br />
liquidity. Paradoxically, CEO<br />
Richard Fuld had himself, already in<br />
January 2007, at the World Economic<br />
Forum told his guests at lunch that<br />
he was concerned that “this could<br />
be the year in which the markets<br />
explode”. The risks were known<br />
– even at Lehman Brothers. But<br />
instead of interpreting the signs on<br />
the wall as a signal to change course<br />
and distancing oneself from the risks<br />
in good time and building up trust,<br />
the actual drama of the situation<br />
was concealed and attempts were<br />
made to silence the critics. Against<br />
this backdrop, statements by leading<br />
bankers proclaiming that Lehman’s<br />
collapse had “surprised” them only<br />
resulted in a further loss of competence<br />
in the eyes of the media and<br />
the public.<br />
There are more examples to hand<br />
of misleading information emanating<br />
from the top as the cases of<br />
UBS, the major Swiss bank, or even<br />
Credit Suisse demonstrate. The Swiss<br />
newspaper, Neue Zürcher Zeitung<br />
(NZZ), ascribed to the UBS an „information<br />
policy that was characterised<br />
less by transparency and was more<br />
markedly conservative, sometimes<br />
confusing“ (1.10.2007) and asks<br />
how it could come to the surprising<br />
recognition of a write-off of CHF 4<br />
billion primarily on sub-prime bonds<br />
and why the problems in investment<br />
banking were not already transparently<br />
reported on in July 2007. The<br />
information policy of the banks<br />
must, above all, be seen against the<br />
backdrop of the already early debate<br />
around the problems banks were<br />
having with sub-prime shares. The<br />
lack of transparency at UBS resulted<br />
in a lasting negative image, as it also<br />
did for other banks, even after the<br />
top management had been changed<br />
and operative measures for containing<br />
the crisis had been undertaken,<br />
as happened in the case of UBS.<br />
Former CEO, Peter Wuffli, damaged<br />
the reputation of the bank severely<br />
through this.<br />
Credit Suisse only just managed to<br />
emerge from the financial crisis with<br />
| 33
Analysis<br />
a positive media image. But it duped<br />
both its investors and the public in<br />
February 2008. Based on the annual<br />
results of 12.2.2008, the Neue Züricher<br />
Zeitung still praised the „amazingly<br />
crisis-proof Credit Suisse; comparatively<br />
few write-offs of impaired<br />
sub-prime positions”; the bank took<br />
another stab only one week later and<br />
publicised another CHF 1.1 billion in<br />
write-offs. “The end of an illusion”<br />
for the NZZ (20.2.2008).<br />
<strong>Trust</strong> killer #2 Lack of insight and<br />
excuses<br />
Insight is the pre-requisite for<br />
change. In face of the hundreds of<br />
billions of euros given as support<br />
packages, EUR 100 billion for the German<br />
Hypo Real Estate and the USD<br />
180 billion investment by the Ameri-<br />
Chart 2.4. No signs of a rebound<br />
Media rating of UBS, 01/2005-04/2009<br />
100%<br />
80%<br />
60%<br />
40%<br />
20%<br />
0%<br />
1 4 7 10 1 4 7 10 1 4 7 10 1 4 7 10 1 4<br />
2005 2006 2007 2008 2009<br />
Basis: 16.305 reports on UBS in 50 international media<br />
34 |<br />
can government to stave off the<br />
collapse of the American insurer, AIG,<br />
the public, citizens, customers and<br />
politicians saw the finance industry as<br />
severely battered. Against this backdrop,<br />
after the collapse of Lehman<br />
and the crisis in the banking industry,<br />
which dragged the real economy<br />
down with it, the public expected the<br />
top bankers to also show some insight<br />
in public and to admit to having<br />
made mistakes. The consequences of<br />
the Lehman bankruptcy not only ravaged<br />
the savings of numerous small<br />
investors. The collapse of trust in the<br />
financial sector, within just a few<br />
weeks, led to the wipe-out of the<br />
large order books of 2007/2008 and<br />
to idle times in businesses, short time<br />
work and numerous insolvencies.<br />
positiv e<br />
no clear rating<br />
negativ e
But, instead of taking the responsibility<br />
for this event before the public<br />
and expressing their empathy with<br />
the victims, many banking heads<br />
chose to not speak to journalists at all<br />
any more, partly also on the advice of<br />
their in-house lawyers who wanted<br />
to avoid being sued for damages, a<br />
practice widely prevalent in the U.S.<br />
In this respect, the route taken by<br />
Commerzbank head Martin Blessing,<br />
CEO of the second largest German<br />
bank, on 18 October 2008 in BILD,<br />
the German tabloid magazine with<br />
the largest readership, is an exception.<br />
Blessing admitted in an interview<br />
there that: “The entire banking<br />
industry has an enormous responsibility<br />
for the crisis – including myself as<br />
the head of the second largest bank<br />
in Germany. It is a terrible thing that<br />
the people in our country need to<br />
worry about their money. We, as an<br />
industry, have certainly not covered<br />
ourselves in glory. We will have to do<br />
this better in the future.” Klaus-Peter<br />
Müller, in charge of the Supervisory<br />
Board, was also similarly quoted: “I<br />
have made some mistakes”.<br />
But Müller and Blessing are exceptions,<br />
as journalists have come to<br />
know with regret repeatedly in<br />
the past 18 months. Frank Wiebe,<br />
Editor of the Handelsblatt, wrote<br />
on 7.4.2009: “Bankers must admit<br />
their mistakes if they want to regain<br />
trust“ and “A crisis for which noone<br />
takes responsibility is a huge<br />
burden on the future”. From where<br />
should this trust come so that the<br />
disaster will not be repeated when<br />
no-one is willing to be answerable<br />
and say that they are up against a<br />
wall? What is actually observed is<br />
precisely this: no-one wants to take<br />
the responsibility. Scores of banking<br />
CEOs, such as the CEO of Deutsche<br />
Bank Josef Ackermann did not go<br />
that far. Many banking CEOs would<br />
rather say that the financial crisis had<br />
passed over them like an unavoidable<br />
natural force; the former UBS<br />
president Marcel Ospel for instance<br />
talked about a “storm“, “upheavals”<br />
and “turbulences” (Tagesanzeiger,<br />
December 31 st , 2008). And only a few<br />
went so far as to immediately pack<br />
their bags when the responsibility<br />
was publicly declared, like Groupe<br />
Caisse d‘Epargne CEO Milhaud (WSJ<br />
20.10.2008). The New York Times<br />
writes about the hearing of four<br />
Wall Street CEOs before the Financial<br />
Crisis Inquiry Commission: “Summoned<br />
to Capitol Hill to explain<br />
their companies’ roles in the worst<br />
economic downturn since the Depression,<br />
leaders of four big Wall Street<br />
banks offered a largely clinical take<br />
on the financial crisis on Wednesday,<br />
pointing to lapses in risk management<br />
and government regulation but<br />
offering little sense of the turmoil’s<br />
human toll.” When Blankfein, CEO<br />
of Goldman Sachs, made the connection<br />
between aspects of the financial<br />
crisis and a hurricane and Acts of God<br />
| 35
Analysis<br />
during the hearing, Phil Angelides,<br />
a Democrat and former California<br />
finance minister interjected: “Acts of<br />
God, we’ll exempt. These were acts<br />
of men and women.” (13.10.2010).<br />
In a personalised media world, trust<br />
can only be regained when CEOs take<br />
the responsibility. As they, in any<br />
case, already have this responsibility<br />
contractually, it would be a step<br />
towards the expected honesty if this<br />
assumption of responsibility would<br />
also take place in the communication.<br />
Many if not all assumptions<br />
of responsibility would have to end<br />
with a withdrawal but, with it, the<br />
requirement for a credible new beginning<br />
would be created. And even<br />
if a leader would withdraw due to<br />
the assumed responsibility, it would<br />
generate the required respect for the<br />
next appointment.<br />
A sidenote: The example of the former<br />
Lehman Brothers CEO, Richard<br />
Fuld, makes another aspect of insight<br />
necessary which represents the prerequisite<br />
for credible leadership.<br />
Fuld could no longer pull the strings<br />
of the increasingly brutal power<br />
struggles in the bank together. According<br />
to insiders like Andrew Gowers<br />
this was also the result of his own<br />
leadership style and internal communication<br />
in the bank which was<br />
characterised by military rigour and<br />
reportedly a contempt for people. So,<br />
in his hour of need, he was without<br />
36 |<br />
the much-needed loyalty of his management<br />
team.<br />
<strong>Trust</strong> killer #3: Socio-political realities<br />
not taken into account<br />
Hand in hand with personalisation is<br />
the fact that reporting of the image<br />
itself has increased, and that, far<br />
more frequently in the media now,<br />
compared to the 90’s, not only positive<br />
and negative facts pertaining to<br />
companies were reported on but also<br />
what third parties such as analysts,<br />
competitors or journalists had at the<br />
same time provided in explanation,<br />
as to whether these facts would have<br />
a beneficial or detrimental effect on<br />
the company’s reputation.<br />
The issue here is that, in certain<br />
companies for instance a certain<br />
salary gap between the CEO and<br />
his gatekeepers is socially tolerable,<br />
that certain economic targets such as<br />
returns percentages are regarded as<br />
sensible or greedy and that certain<br />
demonstrations of economic power<br />
and prestige would find recognition<br />
in one environment, but be rejected<br />
in another environment. The<br />
non-observance of the written and<br />
unwritten laws of this socio-political<br />
reality can lead to companies quickly<br />
becoming embroiled in a real scandal<br />
which could endanger their financial<br />
existence. Examples of inappropriate<br />
conduct abounded during the banking<br />
crisis: complaints about bonuses<br />
from the dismissed Boards of bank-
upt banks or insurance companies<br />
are included just as much as, in the<br />
German context, the 25 percent return<br />
target setting by Deutsche Bank<br />
CEO, Josef Ackermann.<br />
The effects of such breaks with taboos<br />
have a major impact on image.<br />
This is evidenced by the U.S. reports<br />
on the bonus demands made by AIG<br />
managers. Between November 2008<br />
and January 2009, 84 contributions<br />
in The Wall Street Journal alone<br />
reported on President Obama in<br />
connection with AIG and bonuses.<br />
The political factor made the topic<br />
of management bonuses attractive<br />
even for journalists from TV stations<br />
and tabloids around the globe. The<br />
consequence of that is that the management<br />
of banks are not presented<br />
as the solution but as the problem.<br />
Analyses of German, British and U.S.<br />
media regarding the banking industry<br />
shows that management is ranked<br />
no. 2 in negative topics since the<br />
collapse of Lehman Brothers. Politicians,<br />
who, just as the central banks,<br />
are also not without blame, make the<br />
managers of the banks a welcome<br />
target at which national rage can be<br />
directed.<br />
But, it is not only the bonus payments,<br />
it is also the reports of the salary<br />
increases, the lifestyle – especially<br />
of investment bankers – and the<br />
reports of a lack of a solid base which<br />
have eroded the trust in the top<br />
bankers. Goldman Sachs, which latterly<br />
came increasingly into the vision<br />
field of capitalism’s critics, is again<br />
an example to be mentioned here. In<br />
the Michael Moor Film “Capitalism:<br />
A Love Story”. CEO Lloyd Blankfein<br />
is featured with his quotation saying<br />
that the banks do “God‘s work“ (Sunday<br />
Times 8.11.2009), which caused a<br />
range of reactions from the shaking<br />
of heads to angry attacks, although<br />
he had apparently only wanted to<br />
point out that the banks must, by<br />
means of functioning money and<br />
financial markets, ensure that the<br />
markets function, develop prices and<br />
strive for the maximum interest rate<br />
level for capital where it will create<br />
wealth. Very similar in meaning, but<br />
with a different tone, Adam Smith<br />
spoke of the “invisible hand”.<br />
The public, much scared by the crisis,<br />
is eager to also misunderstand such<br />
quotes, just as the “peanuts” quotation<br />
when the then Board spokesperson<br />
of Deutsche Bank, Hilmar Klopper,<br />
at a press conference wanted to<br />
shrug off 50 million unpaid artisan<br />
invoices as a result of the bankruptcy<br />
of Schneider, the property tycoon.<br />
Whereas DM 50 million (today some<br />
EUR 25 million) as a write-off will<br />
probably not cause sleepless nights<br />
for the Board from the viewpoint of<br />
the largest German bank, that will be<br />
still decide the fate of hundreds of<br />
small businesses.<br />
| 37
Analysis<br />
Chart 2.5. Management framed as problem, not as solution,<br />
number of negative stories on banks, 09/2008-09/2009<br />
Business Results/Finance<br />
Management<br />
Politics/Regulation<br />
Strategy/M&S<br />
Image / PR / Scandals<br />
Stock<br />
HR<br />
Products<br />
Pricing/Marketing<br />
Wages<br />
Basis: 139,495 stories on banks in German, UK and US print and TV media<br />
When in the autumn of 2008, parliaments<br />
and governments were creating<br />
legislation in record time in order<br />
to support the financial system and<br />
prevent a global “meltdown”, the<br />
public was convinced, in the face of<br />
the dramatic risk reporting in the media,<br />
that the banks would be deeply<br />
grateful for such expensive rescue<br />
lifelines. Instead, at least according<br />
to media reports, several top bankers<br />
reacted with arrogance rather than<br />
gratitude thereby ensuring that both<br />
politicians and the general population<br />
became incensed.<br />
As the recession triggered by the<br />
financial crisis and government<br />
rescue measures ripped large holes<br />
in national budgets, expectations by<br />
38 |<br />
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600<br />
the public of the banks and bankers<br />
increased further during the course<br />
of 2009. This is demonstrated in the<br />
discussion on the taxation of large<br />
bonuses as well as the partly overdone<br />
vilification of politicians surrounding<br />
the alleged credit crunch.<br />
The criticism may be unjustified in<br />
some areas. The problem is nevertheless<br />
that the many reports of black<br />
sheep in the media give the impression<br />
that ethical conduct by banks<br />
and responsible bankers are the<br />
exception and not the rule.<br />
This impression could however also<br />
have come about because many<br />
bankers have in recent years not<br />
dared, for instance, to take part in<br />
talk shows and to fight for their
point of viewor clarify areas where<br />
the populace has mixed up the facts.<br />
In addition, questions must be raised<br />
as to whether careless references to<br />
the “Great Depression”, and correspondingly<br />
dramatic visuals in the<br />
media, did not exacerbate the risk of<br />
a meltdown in the financial system<br />
and whether the recession has, by<br />
virtue of curbed spending and investing,<br />
not perhaps taken the depth<br />
that has hitherto been presented.<br />
The term “systems relevance” has, for<br />
the bankers, in any case made access<br />
to State funds far easier compared to<br />
other sectors and is also a reason why<br />
the population is currently looking at<br />
bankers‘ salaries with a particularly<br />
critical eye.<br />
The status quo<br />
The negative reporting on the crisis<br />
in the financial sector and those responsible<br />
has resulted in the situation<br />
that the bank managers have in the<br />
meantime been made socio-politically<br />
liable not only for the mistakes<br />
of the sector but, due to the many<br />
eloquent speeches, also for every<br />
other evil in the world. This can be<br />
seen in management reporting in the<br />
influential, opinion-leading British<br />
daily and weekly newspapers as well<br />
as television news if one for once<br />
disregards the financial and specialist<br />
press: RBS received not only double<br />
the attention as compared with other<br />
banks on matters pertaining to its<br />
top management, but the leading<br />
daily newspapers, weekly media and<br />
television, with it in excess of 32%<br />
negative evaluations, a truly damning<br />
judgement. HBOS was criticised<br />
even more sharply (-49.7%). The<br />
many years of research by Media Tenor<br />
indicate that the loss in trust had<br />
already sets in as soon as there is an<br />
excess of 5% negative news reports<br />
and that, at 30 percent and more, the<br />
selection of news is so negative that<br />
it usually causes a long-lasting loss in<br />
trust. Long-lasting means that negative<br />
attitudes to the person or the<br />
company are still recorded in surveys<br />
up to 12 months later.<br />
Surveys indicate that trust in the<br />
Wall Street bankers is in the meanwhile<br />
at 4%. Media Tenor analysts<br />
have shown in the last 15 years that<br />
after a trust crisis, once the negative<br />
reporting ceases and the problem is<br />
presented as solved, or once it disappears<br />
from view, it takes at least 9<br />
months before trust may again be<br />
generated. In the face of the low<br />
points in the media image of banks<br />
mentioned at the outset, it can be<br />
assumed that 9 months will not be<br />
enough in this instance. But how can<br />
any CEO communication again present<br />
a contribution to building trust?<br />
Ways out of the crisis<br />
Incorrect handling versus defective<br />
communication<br />
Two aspects must be kept in mind<br />
when it comes to restoring trust,<br />
| 39
Analysis<br />
even with the help of good communication.<br />
As mentioned above, it is<br />
crucial to understand what the causes<br />
were for the loss in trust: incorrect<br />
handling and defective communication<br />
or a mix of the two. Incorrect<br />
handling includes, for example, the<br />
loss of entrusted customer assets<br />
through bad investment decisions,<br />
managing employees with the<br />
wrong incentives or the cutting of<br />
credit lines based on a herd mentality<br />
and not on individual risk profiles.<br />
Misconduct also includes improper<br />
handling of customer data.<br />
Defective communication includes<br />
refusing to provide information to<br />
journalists and the public regarding<br />
the extent to which the industry<br />
problems affect them or in the clas-<br />
Chart 2.6. Manager rating UK broadsheets & TV,<br />
1-10/2009<br />
RBS<br />
Lloy ds TSB<br />
Barclay s<br />
HBOS<br />
HSBC<br />
Citi<br />
Bank of America<br />
Goldman Sachs<br />
JP Morgan<br />
Lehman Brothers<br />
-60%<br />
-40%<br />
-20%<br />
Basis 33,832 stories on banks in UK broad sheets and TV news (14 media)<br />
40 |<br />
sification of the relevance of certain<br />
events such as the Lehman Brothers<br />
bankruptcy. Defective communication<br />
includes the communication<br />
of wrong topics at the wrong time.<br />
Defective communication includes<br />
inability to correctly read the political<br />
and social sensitivities and to include<br />
them properly in one‘s own communications.<br />
Admit mistakes and introduce<br />
changes<br />
But above all as the basis for regaining<br />
trust, it must be communicated<br />
that mistakes made are also described<br />
as such. In-house lawyers can<br />
give helpful advice regarding this<br />
in individual cases such as how to<br />
prevent the class action complaints<br />
industry from gaining inappropri-<br />
0% 20% 40%<br />
negativ e<br />
positiv e
ate financial benefits from such<br />
relevant and necessary admissions of<br />
mistakes and failures. But, primarily,<br />
the requirement for building trust<br />
in people and institutions is that<br />
misconduct must be described as such<br />
and responsibility must be taken.<br />
Without the admission of mistakes,<br />
a change in course, particularly if is<br />
often still justified with irrelevant<br />
arguments, is no change in the eyes<br />
of journalists and the public but mere<br />
window dressing.<br />
The significance of a change in course<br />
is thus not to be underestimated. The<br />
first stocktaking of the causes of the<br />
crisis indicate that even the aggressive<br />
sales practices of the banks, as a<br />
consequence of excessive growth and<br />
return expectations, have ensured<br />
that customers have in many cases<br />
not received what they wanted and<br />
needed but what helped the bank<br />
employees achieve their sales targets<br />
so that they could receive their bonuses.<br />
It will not be possible for trust<br />
to be built up with the same practices<br />
in place. Many journalists used the<br />
internet as a cheap and effective<br />
source of research in which they<br />
would seize on a single case – entirely<br />
prominent – and then provided an<br />
option for leaving comments on the<br />
website of the medium. In the last<br />
eighteen months it could often be<br />
seen that former or current employees<br />
vented their thoughts equally<br />
freely as if they were wronged cus-<br />
tomers. With this material, collected<br />
free of charge, the journalist would<br />
include it in his report to substantiate<br />
his thesis. Due to the high level<br />
of authenticity of the contributions<br />
they are highly damaging to the issue<br />
of trust. The fact that 100 responses<br />
on the internet still does not represent<br />
a statistically significant group<br />
when several millions of customers<br />
are serviced, falls by the wayside. In<br />
such cases, communication also serves<br />
as a channel for feedback into the<br />
company to provide the impetus for<br />
changes without which its reputation<br />
cannot be regained.<br />
Participation in public discourse<br />
An additional contribution to regaining<br />
trust can be the participation<br />
in public discourse for solving the<br />
problems of the company such as<br />
taking part in talk shows but also<br />
in instruments such as blogs run by<br />
the company. The regular participation<br />
of bankers, as well as other top<br />
management from business, would<br />
be important not only to be able to<br />
effectively present the company’s<br />
own arguments to the public. It<br />
would above all be important so that<br />
departments can receive unfiltered<br />
feedback from the world outside of<br />
the company on its own plans and<br />
actions.<br />
Recognise the public as a market<br />
One necessary requirement is that<br />
leaders must see communication<br />
| 41
Analysis<br />
as more than a one-off affair. Just<br />
as the conquering of new markets<br />
and the gaining of market share is<br />
inseparably bound up with setbacks<br />
and re-starts, so the market of public<br />
opinion and public trust is not won<br />
over with just a few selective campaigns,<br />
but rather only when the<br />
inertia of mass communication and<br />
the sum of the known news factors<br />
are in principle taken into account<br />
in the communication. In addition,<br />
it is necessary to recognise that acceptance<br />
in society, is different from<br />
acceptance within the company and<br />
is not achieved by power but by<br />
conviction.<br />
A further contribution to trust-building<br />
communication is discussing<br />
future plans and targets which are<br />
worth striving for in the view of the<br />
public and the customer and which<br />
do not only address short term<br />
ownership interests or mere “marketing-speak”.<br />
In the case of the CEO<br />
communication strategy must also<br />
be include discussions on the general<br />
ideas and reflections on the meaning<br />
of actions and the purpose of<br />
the business and to be understood as<br />
responsible for it to the public.<br />
Take communication seriously<br />
A last note on building trust: In many<br />
Anglo-Saxon companies especially,<br />
communication is not yet well-anchored<br />
at the rank of Board members.<br />
But if successful communication<br />
42 |<br />
in an increasingly critical public environment<br />
can first create and lay the<br />
foundations for successful business<br />
actions, then communication will belong<br />
directly on the executive floors<br />
just as much a sales and finance<br />
(please also read the interview with<br />
Michel Ogrizek).
1.3. Dick Fuld, the Man Who Brought the World<br />
to its Knees<br />
By Andrew Gowers<br />
The temperature in the room seemed<br />
to drop several degrees as the boss’s<br />
voice came on the speaker phone.<br />
“I don’t think we’re going bust this<br />
afternoon,” he said, “but I can’t<br />
be 100% sure about that. A lot of<br />
strange things are happening . . .”<br />
The four of us gathered in Lehman<br />
Brothers’ offices at Canary Wharf<br />
looked at each other, our eyes<br />
widening. We had just spent the day<br />
bashing the phones in a frantic effort<br />
to reassure journalists, investors,<br />
bankers, anyone who would listen.<br />
That was our job as members of<br />
Lehman’s communications team.<br />
The bank was fine, we kept saying.<br />
It was brimming with cash. Sure, the<br />
share price had dropped 48% in New<br />
York, but that was a panic reaction to<br />
another investment bank’s collapse<br />
and nothing to do with us. What’s<br />
more, the US authorities had indicated<br />
they would not allow another<br />
institution to fail.<br />
Yet here was one of Lehman’s top<br />
people admitting privately that<br />
even he could not be certain that a<br />
sudden, precipitous and contagious<br />
loss of market confidence would<br />
not sweep his firm, its 26,000-plus<br />
employees and its 158-year-old name<br />
into oblivion.<br />
It was only then that it fully dawned<br />
on me just how scarily unpredictable<br />
my world had become.<br />
The date was March 17, 2008, the day<br />
after Lehman’s smaller rival, Bear<br />
Stearns, had collapsed into the arms<br />
of one of the world’s largest banks,<br />
the mighty JP Morgan Chase, in a<br />
shotgun marriage that all but wiped<br />
out shareholders and cost thousands<br />
of highly paid traders their jobs.<br />
On Wall Street blind panic had<br />
ensued and its focus was Lehman<br />
Brothers.<br />
The market has a phrase for this sort<br />
of event: the death spiral. Creditors<br />
and trading partners take fright at<br />
a falling share price and threaten to<br />
cut off credit lines. Alarm is magnified<br />
by modern, instant communications.<br />
Fear feeds on itself and<br />
prophecies of doom become selffulfilling.<br />
Our freewheeling, globally<br />
integrated financial markets turn out<br />
to be built on sand.<br />
The group of us sitting in Canary<br />
Wharf could see the scenario with<br />
terrifying clarity that day. The<br />
market, cruel and unforgiving, was<br />
asking whether Lehman, now the<br />
smallest and most vulnerable of the<br />
so-called “bulge bracket” of elite<br />
global investment banks, was next.<br />
| 43
Analysis<br />
It was. On September 15, Lehman<br />
Brothers Holdings filed in New York<br />
for chapter 11 bankruptcy protection.<br />
An institution with total assets of<br />
$639 billion – more than the gross<br />
domestic product of Argentina and<br />
roughly 10 times the size of Enron<br />
when it filed for bankruptcy protection<br />
in December 2001 – had gone up<br />
in smoke.<br />
This was the largest corporate<br />
bankruptcy the world had ever seen.<br />
A firm that as recently as February<br />
had been worth $42 billion was now<br />
worth nothing. We know what happened<br />
next. Stock markets plunged<br />
and a run on funds and financial<br />
institutions brought the global financial<br />
system close to collapse. Within<br />
days, governments around the world<br />
pumped hundreds of billions of dollars<br />
into keeping banks and other<br />
companies afloat – and the world<br />
economy lurched into its worst recession<br />
in more than 70 years.<br />
“It is difficult to exaggerate the severity<br />
or importance of these events,”<br />
said Mervyn King, the governor of<br />
the Bank of England, a few weeks<br />
later. “Not since the beginning of<br />
the first world war has our banking<br />
system been so close to collapse.”<br />
And we now know we will be living<br />
with the consequences for many<br />
years to come. As one of the world’s<br />
leading investors, Mohamed El-<br />
44 |<br />
Erian, puts it: “The manner in which<br />
Lehman Brothers failed disrupted<br />
the smooth functioning of market<br />
economies. As a result, virtually every<br />
indicator of economic and financial<br />
relationships exhibits characteristics<br />
of cardiac arrest. The situation will<br />
get worse before it gets better.”<br />
How did it come to this? How could<br />
an institution as proud and dynamic<br />
as Lehman plunge within months<br />
from an outward appearance of<br />
success to failure on such a colossal<br />
scale? And how could the collapse of<br />
one financial institution – the smallest<br />
of the Wall Street investment<br />
banks – bring the world so close to<br />
financial Armageddon?<br />
More broadly, how come the collapse<br />
took many of the most sophisticated<br />
and powerful financial operators in<br />
the world so completely by surprise?<br />
Why did no one in authority apparently<br />
see the global consequences of<br />
Lehman’s failure clearly enough to<br />
want to avert it? Could it have been<br />
averted or should it have been?<br />
Quite apart from their global significance,<br />
these questions are of more<br />
than casual interest to me and to the<br />
thousands of other people who used<br />
to work at Lehman Brothers. I am still<br />
owed a sum I was promised on leaving<br />
the bank in September. I will be<br />
lucky to see more than a fraction of it<br />
– and that only in several years’ time,
once the administrators have finished<br />
picking through the wreckage.<br />
LET’S be clear: my part in this seismic<br />
story was small. I joined Lehman<br />
Brothers in London as head of<br />
corporate communications in June<br />
2006 after a long career in financial<br />
journalism.<br />
The firm seemed a confident and<br />
attractive place as it surfed a wave<br />
of easy money. Asset markets were<br />
booming; fat profits from slicing and<br />
dicing loans – including, crucially, US<br />
mortgage loans – and from proprietary<br />
trading were being funnelled<br />
into building a truly global investment<br />
banking empire. Executives<br />
were impatient to take what they regarded<br />
as their rightful place alongside<br />
Goldman Sachs in the vanguard<br />
of this modern growth industry.<br />
As I quickly discovered, nobody personified<br />
this vaulting ambition more<br />
clearly than Dick Fuld, the almost<br />
unbearably intense man who had<br />
been chairman and chief executive of<br />
Lehman since 1993.<br />
In that time – and against considerable<br />
odds, including the near failure<br />
of the firm in 1998 and the loss of its<br />
headquarters in the 9/11 attacks on<br />
Manhattan – he had built Lehman<br />
Brothers into one of the powerhouses<br />
of Wall Street, its annual profits<br />
rising year after year from $113m in<br />
1994 to a record $4.2 billion in 2007.<br />
Its stock price had multiplied 20-fold.<br />
Fuld had made a lot of people fabulously<br />
rich – shareholders, employees<br />
and of course himself. In the eight<br />
best years he had taken home a cool<br />
$300m – funding five residences,<br />
his wife Kathy’s passionate interest<br />
in modern art and a host of philanthropic<br />
activities.<br />
To say he was surrounded with a cult<br />
of personality would be an understatement.<br />
He was the textbook<br />
example of the “command-and-control<br />
CEO”. More than that, to many<br />
employees and to the outside world,<br />
he was Lehman Brothers – his character<br />
inextricably intertwined with the<br />
firm’s.<br />
Fuld inspired great loyalty and, on<br />
occasion, great fear. Those closest to<br />
him slaved like courtiers to a medieval<br />
monarch, second-guessing his<br />
moods and predilections, fretting<br />
over minute details of his schedule<br />
down to the flower arrangements<br />
and insulating him from trouble<br />
– from almost anything he might not<br />
want to hear.<br />
His ferocity could be intimidating,<br />
his eyebrows beetling tight over his<br />
hard eyes, his brutally angular brow<br />
appearing to contort in rage. He<br />
would regularly upbraid colleagues<br />
for minor wardrobe malfunctions – in<br />
| 45
Analysis<br />
Dick’s book, that tended to mean<br />
anything other than a dark suit and<br />
a white shirt or, in my case, a beard.<br />
“Are you off to the country club?” he<br />
would grunt dismissively at a senior<br />
executive committee member who<br />
looked just a tad too casual.<br />
Even when in a relatively upbeat<br />
mood he seemed to take pleasure<br />
in violent imagery. Lehman was “at<br />
war” in the market, he would say.<br />
Every day was a battle, employees<br />
were troops. At an investment banking<br />
conference in London last spring,<br />
I saw him astonish several hundred<br />
of his managing directors with a<br />
blood-curdling threat aimed at investors<br />
who were selling Lehman shares<br />
short – depressing the price.<br />
“When I find a short-seller, I want to<br />
tear his heart out and eat it before<br />
his eyes while he’s still alive,” the<br />
chairman declared. Histrionics, maybe<br />
– but with a purpose. Fuld had used<br />
this aggression to consolidate his<br />
reputation as the most successful<br />
chief executive in the banking business<br />
and one of the most respected<br />
corporate leaders in America. But<br />
the style also contained the seeds of<br />
disaster. It meant that nobody would<br />
or could challenge the boss if his<br />
judgment erred or if things started to<br />
go wrong.<br />
In good times that did not seem to<br />
matter too much. Lehman’s financial<br />
46 |<br />
record spoke for itself: 55 quarters of<br />
unbroken profit, a share price performance<br />
second to none in the industry,<br />
a dexterity and fleetness of foot<br />
that enabled it to scale up rapidly in<br />
new markets. But it also bred a fatal<br />
complacency.<br />
So when the US mortgage market<br />
tanked and the first signs of a credit<br />
crunch arrived in July and August<br />
2007, Lehman executives bragged<br />
to internal audiences that they were<br />
much better placed to weather the<br />
storm than, say Bear Stearns, the first<br />
competitor to hit real trouble.<br />
When rivals Merrill Lynch, Citigroup<br />
and Morgan Stanley wrote off billions<br />
and billions in losses on mortgages<br />
and corporate loans in their<br />
quarterly results, Fuld and his executives<br />
congratulated themselves on<br />
Lehman’s clever hedging strategies<br />
that limited the damage.<br />
Even when Lehman’s own quarterly<br />
numbers started to take a real hit,<br />
the warning signs were drowned out<br />
with celebratory reminders that 2007<br />
had been a record year for profits<br />
and with sage assurances about the<br />
absolute soundness of the bank’s risk<br />
management.<br />
What none of the Fuld team appreciated<br />
was that by the beginning of<br />
2008 the world had changed – for<br />
Lehman Brothers and for everybody.
The unravelling of the US mortgage<br />
boom and the contagion of fear this<br />
had unleashed in global markets<br />
were shaking their business model<br />
and their entire raison d’être to the<br />
core. THE curious thing was that at<br />
some level Dick Fuld knew that trouble<br />
was brewing well before the crisis<br />
broke. I witnessed him give a fascinating<br />
talk about risk at a private<br />
lunch with newspaper editors nearly<br />
two years ago. With a precision that<br />
seems almost uncanny, he virtually<br />
prophesied the looming crash.<br />
It was January 2007 and we were in<br />
the Swiss mountain resort of Davos<br />
where the world’s elite gathers every<br />
year for its annual gab-fest, the<br />
World Economic Forum. That year’s<br />
Davos was an even more raucous<br />
party than usual, with the financial<br />
markets surging towards their peak<br />
and the Masters of the Universe<br />
toasting their own power.<br />
Fuld, however, was not in a celebratory<br />
mood. He was worried, he told<br />
his lunch guests with soft-spoken<br />
force, worried that “this could be the<br />
year when the markets crack”.<br />
Trouble might come from the US<br />
housing market, he said, from the<br />
excesses of leveraged finance, or<br />
from spiralling oil prices, or a combination<br />
of all three. Lehman, true to<br />
its tradition of strong risk management<br />
and fleet-footed investment<br />
decisions, had become more cautious<br />
and “taken a bit of money off the<br />
table”. The editors went away visibly<br />
impressed at the apparent prescience<br />
and prudence of Wall Street’s senior<br />
statesman.<br />
There was only one problem with this<br />
performance. It bore scant resemblance<br />
to the reality of how Lehman<br />
Brothers was actually being run,<br />
or had been run for several years,<br />
despite the tendency in Lehman’s<br />
largely admiring press coverage to<br />
portray Fuld as a hands-on manager<br />
with a strong eye for detail and an<br />
obsession with risk management.<br />
In truth Fuld had become insulated<br />
from the day-to-day realities of the<br />
firm and had increasingly delegated<br />
operational authority to his number<br />
two, a long-standing associate<br />
named Joe Gregory.<br />
If Dick was the king, Joe was Cardinal<br />
Richelieu. A gregarious sort with<br />
a taste for flamboyant displays of<br />
wealth – he famously used to fly to<br />
work from his out-of-town estate by<br />
helicopter and sometimes flew back<br />
by seaplane – he was also a ruthless<br />
enforcer for the boss. His job was not<br />
to encourage debate or intellectual<br />
curiosity in subordinates but to bend<br />
the bank to Dick Fuld’s will.<br />
If something went wrong, you could<br />
be sure that Gregory would be on<br />
| 47
Analysis<br />
the telephone in a towering rage.<br />
Even very senior executives would<br />
dread getting one of those calls. They<br />
would describe the experience as<br />
analogous to being provided with “a<br />
new asshole” and called him Darth<br />
Vader behind their hands.<br />
Problematically, Joe Gregory was<br />
not a detail man or a risk manager.<br />
On the contrary, as Fuld was musing<br />
to outsiders about his worries<br />
concerning risk, Gregory was doing<br />
the precise opposite: actively urging<br />
divisional managers to place even<br />
more aggressive bets in surging asset<br />
markets such as the mortgage business<br />
and commercial real estate.<br />
Standing in his way by showing aversion<br />
to risk could be fatal to your<br />
career. Divisional chiefs who urged<br />
caution or tried to rein back on risky<br />
bets were swiftly ousted. From the<br />
middle of 2007 the leadership of<br />
Lehman’s all-important fixed income<br />
division became a revolving door,<br />
partly as a result of Gregory’s obsession<br />
with pushing the envelope. The<br />
goal, he would tell subordinates, was<br />
to be “number one in the industry by<br />
2012”, no matter what the cost.<br />
And Fuld himself was not consistent.<br />
In June 2007, barely four months<br />
after his Davos peroration on risk, I<br />
joined him in another background<br />
discussion with journalists, this time<br />
to coincide with Lehman’s business<br />
48 |<br />
launch in Dubai. His tune could not<br />
have been more different.<br />
Think of the hundreds of billions of<br />
dollars in oil riches gushing into the<br />
Middle East, he said. Add the further<br />
hundreds of billions in sovereign<br />
wealth funds in emerging nations.<br />
Multiply all that by the plentiful<br />
liquidity and leverage available on<br />
financial markets and you had an<br />
almost limitless pool for investment<br />
banks like Lehman to swim and<br />
prosper in.<br />
At roughly that moment, Lehman<br />
was placing some of the riskiest bets<br />
it had ever made in the commercial<br />
property business. It led a consortium<br />
bidding $15 billion for America’s<br />
biggest apartment company at the<br />
absolute top of the market – a deal<br />
signed off by the entire executive<br />
committee but subsequently described<br />
to me by one of the firm’s<br />
executives as “the worst investment<br />
Lehman ever made”.<br />
Only a few weeks later, world markets<br />
started to experience the phenomenon<br />
known as the credit crunch<br />
and those investments – illiquid, all<br />
but unsaleable – became a millstone<br />
dragging Lehman Brothers inexorably<br />
towards bankruptcy.<br />
So much for risk management. The<br />
Lehman culture had become dangerously<br />
complacent and insulated from
the outside world. While Fuld talked<br />
to clients with legendary assiduity,<br />
neither he nor Gregory spent much<br />
time talking (still less listening) to<br />
investors.<br />
Even within the firm, Fuld’s visits to<br />
the trading floor were rare events.<br />
So he was shut off from independent<br />
sources of information, from challenging<br />
questions and from up-todate<br />
views from the front line of<br />
Lehman’s daily battle in the markets.<br />
He was fed instead with the carefully<br />
filtered facts that his inner circle<br />
thought he wanted to hear.<br />
Furthermore, the top team was far<br />
from united. Here was another point<br />
not visible to the outside eye. Lehman<br />
liked to propagate the myth that<br />
it was “one firm” devotedly working<br />
as a team across geographical borders<br />
and departmental boundaries<br />
to satisfy its clients’ needs. In reality<br />
it was as riven with rivalries and<br />
competing egos as a gathering of<br />
mafia clans. Many suspected that Joe<br />
Gregory liked to keep it that way.<br />
One faultline was more troublesome<br />
than the rest: the tension between<br />
headquarters in New York and<br />
Lehman’s European hub in London.<br />
In part it was a debate about where<br />
in the world the firm should place<br />
its bets. Russia? Saudi Arabia? Fuld<br />
and Gregory tended to hang back,<br />
with Jeremy Isaacs, chief executive<br />
for Europe and Asia, pressing on the<br />
accelerator.<br />
The rows about whether to go to<br />
Moscow were epic and not always<br />
very sophisticated. When I asked Fuld<br />
at the height of the argument in<br />
2006 what he thought of the Russian<br />
market, his brow darkened and he<br />
muttered: “Biggest f****** crime<br />
syndicate in the world.” Months<br />
later, regardless, Lehman opened for<br />
business there.<br />
Underlying it all was a classic power<br />
struggle, mirroring the rivalry<br />
between New York and London as<br />
financial centres. Just as London had<br />
alarmed New York by overtaking<br />
it by some measures, so Lehman’s<br />
London team, now responsible for<br />
half Lehman’s revenues, sought commensurate<br />
recognition and power. As<br />
Isaacs became ever more influential<br />
in the firm and placed more of his<br />
top lieutenants on the global executive<br />
committee, the muttering from<br />
New York-based rivals became louder<br />
and more dangerous.<br />
Everyone knew that the battle to succeed<br />
Fuld, whenever he decided to<br />
step down, had the potential to be a<br />
bloodbath. From his London stronghold,<br />
Isaacs reckoned that he had<br />
a real shot at the job. In New York,<br />
another powerful and ambitious<br />
banker was determined to stop him.<br />
His name was Bart McDade, a man<br />
| 49
Analysis<br />
with a good operating track record<br />
but more limited domestic horizons.<br />
Both were to play a central role in<br />
the events leading to Lehman’s collapse.<br />
Here was a corporate governance<br />
structure almost preprogrammed to<br />
fail: an overmighty CEO, a top lieutenant<br />
eager to please and hungry<br />
for risk, an executive team not noted<br />
for healthy debate and a power<br />
struggle between two key players.<br />
Furthermore, the board of directors<br />
was packed with nonexecutives of a<br />
certain age and woefully lacking in<br />
banking expertise. IT is small wonder<br />
that Lehman was so ill-equipped to<br />
recognise and adjust to the changes<br />
in the environment that were dramatically<br />
signalled by the collapse of<br />
Bear Stearns in March this year.<br />
With hindsight, that was the point<br />
at which Fuld and his executive team<br />
should have realised the game was<br />
up.<br />
What the market was saying – and<br />
said again repeatedly in the ensuing<br />
countdown to disaster – was that<br />
Lehman was overloaded with dodgy<br />
assets that it could not sell and underendowed<br />
with capital to support<br />
its huge balance sheet.<br />
In short, the business was beginning<br />
to look like a rickety house built on a<br />
perilously thin foundation and unless<br />
50 |<br />
it took action, to shift “toxic” assets<br />
and to raise more capital, confidence<br />
in the firm and its management<br />
would slide away.<br />
Management’s response was both<br />
half-hearted and confused. True, it<br />
started out on something resembling<br />
a fire sale of distressed assets in a<br />
push to shrink the balance sheet<br />
and reduce “leverage” – the scale of<br />
borrowing. But Fuld and his fellow<br />
executives rattled the market by<br />
insisting that they did not need more<br />
capital, even as they raised some.<br />
To make matters worse, they mounted<br />
an increasingly shrill campaign<br />
against their critics. One particular<br />
hedge fund manager, David Einhorn<br />
of Greenlight Capital, had been critical<br />
of Lehman’s financial disclosures,<br />
thus suggesting to some observers<br />
that the bank might have something<br />
to hide. Einhorn became an obsession<br />
for Fuld and his closest hench-men,<br />
who speculated openly about hiring<br />
investigators to tail him or search his<br />
rubbish bins.<br />
You could say it was a case of shooting<br />
the messenger. It was certainly a<br />
distraction from the primary business<br />
of putting Lehman to rights. But it<br />
was typical of the mixture of defiance<br />
and paranoia – “us against the<br />
world” – with which Fuld drove the<br />
firm. I lost count of the number of<br />
times I had to listen to senior execu-
tives explaining that there was no<br />
point in engaging with the press<br />
because the press actively wanted<br />
Lehman to fail.<br />
Fuld never tired of telling people<br />
that Lehman was built to triumph in<br />
adversity. That was his understanding<br />
of its history and his way of motivating<br />
the 26,000 employees at his<br />
command. But it also led him and<br />
his closest associates latterly to say<br />
things that, while obviously sincere<br />
and reflecting genuinely held beliefs,<br />
had no connection whatsoever with<br />
business reality.<br />
This delusion – compounded by the<br />
powerful and destructive forces of<br />
ambition within the bank – was propelling<br />
Lehman towards catastrophe.<br />
The death spiral beckoned.<br />
First published in Sunday Times on<br />
December 14, 2008.<br />
| 51
Analysis<br />
1.4. Is Media in Need of a Reality Check?<br />
Global Media Coverage on the Banking<br />
and Economic crisis<br />
By Wadim Schreiner<br />
After some tough two years, it seems<br />
the world is starting to breathe a<br />
sigh of relief. All signs are pointing<br />
upwards. Perhaps not everywhere,<br />
but at least the freefall seems to have<br />
stopped. Time now to look at some<br />
of the issues in perspective. While<br />
experts, governments and businesses<br />
are deliberating the causes of the<br />
crisis and working on new models<br />
to avoid the ‘mistakes’ of the past,<br />
it is clear: things will unlikely be the<br />
same again. While it is doubtful that<br />
existing powers will collapse, it is<br />
apparent that the so-called Western<br />
world in particular has to realise that<br />
the future will now be determined by<br />
others, particularly in Asia. The latest<br />
Monitor Group report on Asia 1 states<br />
that although ‘we should not expect<br />
Asia to be the world’s economic<br />
locomotive’ and that ‘Asia alone […]<br />
is incapable of pulling the rest of the<br />
world out of recession’ it will influence<br />
the global economies of the<br />
future by remaining competitive and<br />
entrepreneurial, improving productivity<br />
and developing innovation. ‘<br />
Future productivity will be based on<br />
a more diverse set of competitive<br />
advances, such as strategic foresight<br />
and insight; product, service, process<br />
and business model innovations;<br />
customer intimacy and understanding;<br />
capability to internationalize<br />
52 |<br />
and to understand foreign markets;<br />
and world-class human assets’ (Asia<br />
Report). Scientists are almost united<br />
in the view that some of the classical<br />
industries of Asia, from manufacturing<br />
to services will enter the new<br />
post-crisis financial world with macroeconomic<br />
competitive advantages<br />
largely unscathed, and, according to<br />
the Monitor report, perhaps even<br />
improved. Export champion will be<br />
China – no more Germany. The most<br />
popular car in the United States will<br />
be and remain Toyota – not GM. And<br />
we all will be aware that if the U.S.<br />
sneezes, the rest of the world will<br />
no longer automatically catch a cold<br />
– but perhaps also just sneeze.<br />
What went wrong is a question that<br />
will be debated by business, scholars<br />
and experts for the next couple of<br />
years. Equally debated will be the<br />
question of whose fault it all was.<br />
Particularly interesting here is the<br />
dynamic between the media and<br />
business. Did media exaggerate the<br />
crisis and hence fuel some of the<br />
consequences? Did media fail in<br />
their watchdog role by not warning<br />
its viewers/readers of ‘what was to<br />
come’? Or is it the fault of the banks<br />
in particular which did not correct<br />
the misrepresentations of the media<br />
on the gravity of the situation, or
We as business journalists have the obligation to be much,<br />
much tougher in the questions we ask<br />
Will Hutton, former editor of the Observer, November 2008<br />
forgot to point to different business<br />
conditions in the non-Western part of<br />
the world? It seems that media have<br />
not only been completely surprised<br />
by the crisis but that the industry did<br />
little to contextualise it. In the words<br />
of Daniel Bogler, the Managing<br />
Director of the Financial Times: “It is<br />
in the nature of newspapers to write<br />
the most dramatic headline, the most<br />
dramatic copy and have the most<br />
dramatic picture, so you have impact<br />
on your readers…this irresponsibility<br />
is kind of bred into the industry. You<br />
have to be very careful, you have to<br />
take a step back. A picture of someone<br />
with their head in their hands in<br />
front of a trading screen, is that the<br />
right picture?“ 2<br />
The reality: global meltdown or<br />
selective information?<br />
For North America and most of Europe<br />
the economic figures currently<br />
available are indicating that the<br />
crisis has hit themhard indeed. But<br />
outside of these traditional markets?<br />
In Asia, the reaction is mixed. ‚The<br />
rich people in Europe, the buyers<br />
in America will not buy expensive<br />
clothes produced in Europe anymore<br />
but the cheaper goods produced in<br />
Cambodia and Vietnam,‘ Cambodian<br />
Prime Minister Sun Hen stated<br />
during a regional summit in Hanoi<br />
in November 2008. 3 In Africa, Kuseni<br />
Dlamini, the former CEO of mining<br />
company Anglo American and current<br />
CEO of Old Mutual South Africa<br />
was quoted in the media as saying<br />
that ‘now there is a great era of opportunity<br />
for Africa to rise and shine<br />
in the global scheme of things and<br />
be met as an economic giant’. John<br />
Simon, the former U.S. ambassador<br />
to the African Union even considers<br />
Africa ‘the new frontier in the global<br />
economy’. And even in the United<br />
States some see a silver lining: until<br />
the economic downturn, California<br />
was not set to meet its greenhouse<br />
emission targets. These seem to now<br />
be on track, because lower consumer<br />
demand translated into lower energy<br />
use, caused by less road trips, less<br />
flying and increased use of public<br />
transport.<br />
Of course this does not imply that<br />
the recession has been good to<br />
some economies and that there<br />
were no scars. As the Monitor report<br />
on Asia remarks: Asia in particular<br />
has remained ‘coupled’ rather than<br />
‘decoupled’ to the major industrial<br />
nations. Although both opponents<br />
and supporters of the “coupling/decoupling<br />
theory” have reasons to<br />
justify their positions, it does seem<br />
that while emerging and developing<br />
economies for the last ten years have<br />
enjoyed much higher GDP growths<br />
than those of advanced economies,<br />
the actual trends showed similar<br />
patterns (see chart 4.1.). According<br />
to the IMC World Economic Output<br />
report 2008, the expected GDP for<br />
major advanced economies for 2009<br />
| 53
Analysis<br />
was expected to be -1.6%. Newly<br />
industrialized Asian economies (such<br />
as China and India) would see a 3.9%<br />
change. Africa would see an increase<br />
of 4% in 2009 from the actual result<br />
of 1.9% in 2008. So would Russia<br />
(1.5%) and Eastern Europe (1.8). Most<br />
of Western Europe and the United<br />
States expect negative growth in<br />
GDP. IMF data are also not indicating<br />
a case of a delayed impact on<br />
some of the developing economies<br />
with GDP remaining positive in 2010<br />
predictions. Is this a perhaps a case<br />
where a decrease in growth (but still<br />
growth) is communicated (and channelled<br />
further through the media)<br />
as a disaster? The IMF predicts that<br />
in Africa in particular, the effects<br />
will be visible, yet perhaps not as<br />
catastrophic as in Western Europe.<br />
Chart 4.1. GDP Growth Trend Rates<br />
Because of their financial links with<br />
other regions in the world, South Africa,<br />
Nigeria, Ghana and Kenya seem<br />
to have been first hit. According<br />
to the IMF, past research indicates<br />
that ‘(a) 1 percentage point slowdown<br />
in global growth has led to an<br />
estimated 0.5% point slowdown in<br />
sub-Saharan African countries’. The<br />
organisation reckons that the impact<br />
might this time be harder – yet their<br />
outlook data remain optimistic. Some<br />
scientists seem to disagree with the<br />
IMF, stating that ‘the correlation<br />
between African GDP and World GDP<br />
since 1980 is 0.5, but between 2000<br />
and 2007, it was only 0.2’. 4 Te Velde<br />
further argues that this has been due<br />
to ‘significant structural changes (and<br />
a move into services that were able<br />
to withstand competition much bet-<br />
Source: The Monitor Group, Asia Report 2009, page 19, adapted from Wälti, The Myth of Decoupling, based on data<br />
from the World Economic Outlook Update, IMF, 6 November 2008.<br />
54 |
ter) as well as the rise of China. Even<br />
the impact on the banking sector<br />
after the 2008 crisis has been limited,<br />
largely due to Africa’s low level of<br />
financial integration. Compared to<br />
developed countries, Africa’s external<br />
financial remain low, as is the<br />
stock market capitalisation (2.09%<br />
of world capitalisation according<br />
to the African Development Bank).<br />
Furthermore, African banking assets<br />
represent only 0.87% of global banking<br />
assets, compared to 58.15% for<br />
the 15 countries of the Euro zone and<br />
15.09% for the United States. Africa’s<br />
globalisation ratio is comparable to<br />
that of Latin America, yet far behind<br />
that of Asia and particularly Japan.<br />
Other than banks, Africa’s financial<br />
systems are weak if not completely<br />
non-existent. Although many banks<br />
are foreign owned and hence potentially<br />
exposed to their parent’s North<br />
American exposures, these impacts<br />
are very little, since the assets are<br />
mostly insignificant compared to<br />
that of other regions. The crisis did<br />
however take a toll on those countries<br />
that were highly dependent on<br />
natural resource, particularly copper,<br />
oil and diamonds (Botswana’s GDP<br />
showed a -10.5% prediction for 2009<br />
according to the IMF Outlook data).<br />
IMF research confirms particularly<br />
vulnerable positions for countries<br />
such as Burundi, Guinea-Bissau and<br />
Liberia who are dependent either on<br />
a strong oil price or for FDI’s, which<br />
have declined significantly. The Afri-<br />
can Development Bank, while generally<br />
optimistic about Africa ‘weathering<br />
the post-crisis’, has identified a<br />
number of sectors that are particularly<br />
exposed to the global impact:<br />
tourism (Kenya announcing a 30%<br />
decline in tourist arrivals), mining as<br />
well as textiles. In a 2009 paper, the<br />
International Policy Centre for Inclusive<br />
Growth identifies three mechanisms<br />
that will determine the outlook<br />
for Africa: remittances, capital flows<br />
and trade. 5 A document describing<br />
the impact on LDC (Least Developing<br />
Countries) economies, compiled by<br />
the University of London, comes to<br />
the conclusion that ‘the initial impact<br />
on the LDCs […] was less pronounced’<br />
but also comes to the conclusion that<br />
the sharp reduction in world trade,<br />
declined foreign direct investments<br />
and a slowdown in migrant workers<br />
remittance flows will put some<br />
pressure on these countries, unless<br />
they are targeted with the correct<br />
monetary initiatives. With FDI significantly<br />
declining, and trade patterns<br />
changing, the researchers argue that<br />
many African countries need to have<br />
a relook at their monetary policies to<br />
avoid a larger-than-average impact in<br />
the next couple of years.<br />
This assessment is not unique for<br />
Africa. Researchers seem to be united<br />
in their assessments of other ‘developmental’<br />
markets. Prasad & Reddy<br />
agree that the Indian economy is<br />
being affected by the spillover ef-<br />
| 55
Analysis<br />
fects of the global financial crisis;<br />
they state that ‘great savings habits<br />
among people, strong fundamentals,<br />
a strong conservative and regulatory<br />
regime have saved the Indian economy<br />
from going out of gear’. Importantly,<br />
they say ‘the most important<br />
lesson that we must learn from the<br />
crisis is that we must be self-reliant.<br />
Although the WTO propagates free<br />
trade, we must adopt protectionist<br />
measures in certain sectors of the<br />
economy so that recession in any<br />
part of the globe does not affect our<br />
country’. 6<br />
In South America, despite poverty<br />
having risen slightly for the first time<br />
since 2002, researchers are equally<br />
optimistic. According to Martin<br />
Hopenheyn, of the Social Development<br />
Director of Economic Commission<br />
for Latin America and the<br />
Caribbean, ‘the impact was much<br />
less severe than what we have seen<br />
in the past, it was more serious than<br />
people thought it would be at first,<br />
when we believed we were safe, and<br />
we thought it was just a problem<br />
of the (industrialised) North’. 7 This<br />
assumption is supported by various<br />
economic papers in 2009, all – while<br />
recognising that the crisis indeed had<br />
an impact – come to the conclusion<br />
that the right interventions from<br />
governments had a cushioning effect<br />
on most countries.<br />
If data are telling us that it was not<br />
so bad after all – why then the per-<br />
56 |<br />
ceived global meltdown? Is it perhaps<br />
because we don’t really know<br />
much about ‘the rest of the world’<br />
or because we equate the rest of the<br />
world with negativity to the extent<br />
that good news is no longer really<br />
trustworthy?<br />
Financial Crisis: A media failure?<br />
We need to ask ourselves what we<br />
are equating with continents such<br />
as Africa. Brutal dictators? Famines<br />
and starvation? Corrupt governments<br />
and societies unable to fight against<br />
diseases?<br />
And what about Asia outside of<br />
China and India? The military regime<br />
of Burma, drug smuggling in the<br />
Golden Triangle of Thailand, Laos<br />
and Burma? The Tsunami? Militant<br />
Muslims in Indonesia?<br />
In Latin America? Natural catastrophes,<br />
unstable regimes, leftist<br />
regimes, perhaps a few good football<br />
players?<br />
Media Tenor’s research indicates<br />
that Latin America, Central America,<br />
Africa and South East Asia (excluding<br />
China and India) rarely receive coverage<br />
in media that are not situated in<br />
these regions. On U.S. television, less<br />
than 7% of non-U.S. coverage dealt<br />
with Africa; South America a mere<br />
1.5%. Seven percent might be surprisingly<br />
high, but the most dominating<br />
issue on Africa in the midst of the
financial crisis: Somali pirates. Coverage<br />
on business and economy in Africa:<br />
too little to quantify. On German<br />
television, less than 5% of non-European<br />
coverage focused on Africa; less<br />
than 2% on Latin America. Coverage<br />
on Asia excluding India and China<br />
has been similarly low. Despite the<br />
facts for 2009 already emerging in<br />
economic data in 2008 on Asia, Western<br />
media largely ignored the impact<br />
of the financial crisis on Asia. Further<br />
research by Media Tenor shows that<br />
business and the economy accounted<br />
for just 10.4% of all Western media<br />
coverage of the region – 50% less<br />
than the proportional coverage on<br />
the same issue across the rest of the<br />
world. 8 Since the effects of the global<br />
crisis hit domestic interests in the<br />
Western world deeper and deeper,<br />
14,5%<br />
the already sparse coverage on Asia<br />
diminished even further. Although<br />
Western media expressed positive<br />
opinions about government interventions<br />
in Asia aimed at stimulating fiscal<br />
systems, it barely made an impact<br />
in the media in terms of positive<br />
coverage (see charts 2.2.-2.4.). When<br />
news of an improvementin the Asian<br />
economy made its way to Europe,<br />
it was greeted with surprise – but,<br />
admittedly, at the same time with a<br />
renewed focus. After all, there seems<br />
to have been some ‘silver lining’<br />
out there in the sea of uncertainty.<br />
Despite attempts by economists to<br />
analyse whethereconomies outside<br />
of the Western world were indeed<br />
‘coupling’ or ‘decoupling’ from the<br />
industrialised nations, Western media<br />
never bought into the notion that<br />
Chart 4.2. Topic structure of international TV news, 01-07/2009<br />
East Asia<br />
All countries<br />
9,2% 10,6% 13,8% 16,2%<br />
13,7% 5,7%<br />
41,7%<br />
10,4%<br />
28,8%<br />
15,5%<br />
20,0%<br />
Domestic policy Terrorism/Security Foreign Affairs/War<br />
Business Accidents/Crime/Human Interest other topics<br />
Basis: 8,156 / 69,784 stories in 35 international TV news<br />
| 57
Analysis<br />
perhaps these economies could represent<br />
new key players in the financial<br />
world that is being reshaped in<br />
the aftermath of the economic crisis.<br />
Have they perhaps also exaggerated<br />
the extent of the crisis? Danny<br />
Schechter, an investigative journalist<br />
and former editor of mediachannel.<br />
org identifies two areas where, in his<br />
view, media failed in respect of the<br />
banking crisis: little or no examination<br />
of ‘the new breed of exotic and<br />
financial products, such as CDOs’and<br />
secondly that particularly in the U.S.,<br />
‘media ignored the warnings from<br />
community housing organisations<br />
of the predatory lending practises in<br />
some of America’s poorest communities’.<br />
9 Schechter gives a number of<br />
reasons for the first point: that media<br />
have been too close to Wall Street<br />
0%<br />
1<br />
and that ‘business men are seen as<br />
heroes’ who are all part of the ‘cult<br />
of the masters of the universe’. He<br />
argues that there is a kind of ‘cultural<br />
embedding, as financial journalists<br />
cover business, they become part<br />
of the scene, they identify with the<br />
players, go to the parties, they are<br />
increasingly in a world of fewer and<br />
fewer people that is cut off from the<br />
mainstream […]life.’ Schechter also<br />
notes the close relationship between<br />
advertising and dependency on<br />
business in that regard as a further<br />
reason why media dropped its<br />
‘watchdog’ role.<br />
Perhaps time now for a bit of a fact<br />
check – did media news in any way<br />
help to understand the economic<br />
facts at hand? Or did the notion ‘only<br />
Chart 4.3. Asia in economic coverage, international TV news, 01/2007-07/2009<br />
20%<br />
15%<br />
10%<br />
5%<br />
Share of all foreign news stories<br />
3<br />
1<br />
3<br />
1<br />
2<br />
4<br />
2<br />
4<br />
2<br />
2007 2008 2009<br />
Basis: 16,068 reports about foreign economies in 35 (until 12/2008: 30) international TV news<br />
58 |<br />
3
Chart 4.4. Visibility of Asian countries, international TV news, 01/2007-07/2009<br />
70%<br />
60%<br />
50%<br />
40%<br />
30%<br />
20%<br />
10%<br />
0%<br />
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3<br />
2007 2008 2009<br />
China Japan India Indonesia South Korea Malaysia<br />
Basis: 16,068 reports about foreign economies in 35 (until 12/2008: 30) international TV news<br />
bad news is good news’ and ‘never<br />
let facts get in the way of a good<br />
story’ determine the content?<br />
For starters, the first indicators of a<br />
recession were published only in November<br />
2008. However, media began<br />
to refer to a recession much earlier. A<br />
query on Factiva for Dow Jones and<br />
Reuters newswire coverage shows<br />
that as early as December 2007, the<br />
number of references in news media<br />
increased from around 1,000 stories<br />
referring to this term to over 4,000<br />
in January 2008. This is likely linked<br />
to the initial reporting around the<br />
banking crisis and more to the fear<br />
of a recession, than actual references<br />
to a recession. Nevertheless, the term<br />
‘recession’ only returned to ‘normal’<br />
pre-banking crisis levels of around<br />
800 news stories by May 2008, sharply<br />
increasing to a new high of over<br />
6,000 news stories in October 2008,<br />
merely one month before the official<br />
data were made available. Did this<br />
constitute a case of news mirroring<br />
or a shaping of actual reality?<br />
In another example, Media Tenor<br />
analysed coverage on STOXX 50 companies<br />
and managers in 28 international<br />
television news over the period<br />
July 2007 and June 2009 (6,698 news<br />
reports): In reality, 86% of these<br />
companies declared a profit (even if a<br />
decline from previous years) and only<br />
14% an actual loss. But only two of<br />
the top 20 most reported-on companies<br />
enjoyed a positive coverage in<br />
| 59
Analysis<br />
Chart 4.5. STOXX 50 winners international TV news, 7/2007-6/2009<br />
Profit<br />
86,0%<br />
Loss<br />
14,0%<br />
the media (BASF and ENI). In other<br />
words, companies continued to make<br />
profits, even if less than in previous<br />
years, but it did not make the headlines.<br />
Instead, profits turned to negative<br />
news by highlighting percentage<br />
declines, and loss making companies<br />
received higher than average<br />
coverage (see chart 4.5.). Even more<br />
dramatic is a look at U.S. television<br />
news. 11,662 reports about the U.S.<br />
economy on ABC, CBS, NBC and Fox<br />
news from January 2007 to July 2009<br />
showed little correlation between<br />
the actual state of the economy (e.g.<br />
in terms of GDP changes) and coverage<br />
on the economy. As early as April<br />
2007, reporting on the U.S. economy<br />
in own media with a negative focus<br />
outweighed a positive focus with a<br />
ratio of 6:1 – all of this while GDP<br />
figures showed positive growth. The<br />
Daimler<br />
Volkswagen<br />
Deutsche Bank<br />
Deutsche Telekom<br />
Siemens<br />
Renault<br />
ArcelorMittal<br />
Nokia<br />
Société Générale<br />
RWE<br />
Total<br />
Allianz<br />
BNP Paribas<br />
Santander<br />
Repsol<br />
BASF<br />
Intesa Sanpaolo<br />
Telefónica<br />
BBVA<br />
ENI<br />
Top 20<br />
Groups<br />
0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70%<br />
Share of all reports (%)<br />
Basis: 6,698 reports about STOXX 50 companies and managers in 28 international TV news shows<br />
60 |<br />
first actual negative growth figures<br />
in April 2008 did not influence<br />
the trend of coverage: it remained<br />
negative. So were the first signs of<br />
recovery in January 2009 until July<br />
2009. Negative coverage dominated<br />
positive coverage by a ratio of 5:1<br />
(see chart 4.6.). In Germany, coverage<br />
on business and the economy also did<br />
not mirror actual data. While media<br />
indeed reflected negatively on the<br />
drop of the DAX between 2003 and<br />
2008 following the burst of the IT<br />
bubble, coverage remained negative<br />
despite the DAX values reaching a<br />
new high in 2007. In other words: reality<br />
depicted a strong economy, but<br />
media continued to proclaim doom<br />
and gloom. This selective provision<br />
of information can also be seen in<br />
media’s focus on particular industries:<br />
prior to August 2008, international
television news had focused more or<br />
less equally on six different industries<br />
(banking, automotive, aviation,<br />
retail, media and utilities), coverage<br />
after August 2008 suddenly had only<br />
two stories: banks, financial organisations<br />
and cars (a combined 40% of all<br />
industry coverage). Data from these<br />
industries indeed showed that these<br />
industries were hit the hardest, but<br />
the overwhelming focus on the bad<br />
news of these two sectors contributed<br />
towards an overall negative<br />
outlook for all industries and business<br />
in general (see figure 2.7.). In the<br />
United States, amongst television’s<br />
top 20 most reported-on companies<br />
only four were not financial institutions<br />
or from the automotive sector.<br />
Across the globe, the top 20 companies<br />
accounted for almost two-thirds<br />
40%<br />
20%<br />
0%<br />
-20%<br />
-40%<br />
-60%<br />
-80%<br />
-100%<br />
Media: Share of all reports (%)<br />
of total coverage, with small enterprises<br />
or family businesses receiving<br />
virtually no coverage. In developing<br />
countries in particular, small enterprises<br />
are attributed to being the<br />
catalysts of the economy, yet their<br />
opinions, thoughts and positions during<br />
the crisis remained virtually unnoticed<br />
by the media. Real data from<br />
the IW Economic <strong>Institute</strong> showed<br />
that some industries, particularly the<br />
chemical industry, even hired more<br />
people during the recession, but this<br />
never became a story.<br />
It would be wrong to place the blame<br />
for the global downturn in the hands<br />
of the media alone – but with the<br />
many obvious discrepancies between<br />
real data and media coverage, the<br />
issues of news selection, stereotyp-<br />
Chart 4.6. The US economy in TV news / GDP, 01/2007-07/2009<br />
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7<br />
2007 2008 2009<br />
negative stories positive stories US GDP change<br />
Basis: 11,662 reports about the US economy in ABC, CBS, NBC and Fox news<br />
GDP: Change<br />
4%<br />
2%<br />
0%<br />
-2%<br />
-4%<br />
-6%<br />
-8%<br />
| 61
Analysis<br />
ing and stagnant news flow channels<br />
have to be evaluated in the future.<br />
News flow and traditional reporting<br />
structures.<br />
Since World War II, international<br />
news flow (the way news information<br />
travels around the world) has<br />
been one of the main topics examined<br />
and debated in international<br />
communication. As early as 1953, the<br />
International Press <strong>Institute</strong> described<br />
the imbalance in news exchanges<br />
between the developed and the<br />
developing nations. Since that time,<br />
the inequality within news flow has<br />
dominated the literature on international<br />
news. Many scholars see this<br />
problem as caused by the unevenness<br />
between developed and developing<br />
countries. Traditional (and mostly<br />
Western) beliefs state that a world<br />
news system exists today because the<br />
peoples of the Western democracies<br />
wanted and needed world news, and<br />
the great independent newspapers<br />
and news agencies in particular have<br />
co-operated and competed to satisfy<br />
those wants and needs. The old<br />
charges of ‘news bias’, were indeed<br />
based on a global news gathering<br />
structure that was influenced by the<br />
global flow of economic and political<br />
power. Reporters were stationed<br />
in New York, Tokyo, and Brussels<br />
because that was where power primarily<br />
lay. Even to this day not much<br />
coverage is given to such countries<br />
like Bangladesh in Asia or the Cameroon<br />
in Africa, because of the fact<br />
that they are poor and powerless<br />
and only minor regional players in<br />
Chart 4.7. Structure of business coverage in international TV news,<br />
7/2007-6/2009: Companies<br />
General Motors<br />
Chrysler<br />
Italy<br />
60,7%<br />
AIG<br />
Ford<br />
Switzerland 45,1%<br />
Citi<br />
Fannie Mae<br />
Bank of America<br />
Germany 37,4%<br />
Freddie Mac<br />
US Airways<br />
UK 35,7%<br />
Toyota<br />
Merrill Lynch<br />
South Africa 34%<br />
AMR<br />
Goldman Sachs<br />
USA 33,7%<br />
JP Morgan<br />
Bear Stearns<br />
Wal Mart<br />
France 31,5%<br />
Berkshire Hathaway<br />
Delta Airlines<br />
Spain 30,6%<br />
Countrywide Financial<br />
Lehman Brothers<br />
Arab TV 17,7%<br />
0%1%2%3%4%5%6%7%<br />
0% 10% 20%30%40%50%60%70%<br />
Share of all reports<br />
Basis: 16,068 reports about foreign economies in 35 (until 12/2008: 30) international TV news<br />
62 |
a global news map dominated by a<br />
handful of ‘superpowers’. Acclaimed<br />
media researcher Robert Stevenson<br />
also identifies another force: the values<br />
invoked by key gatekeepers. The<br />
decision as to which news item makes<br />
it onto the world’s news agenda is<br />
determined by countless gatekeeping<br />
measures of more or less a uniform<br />
set of values. Stevenson concludes<br />
that both forces lead to one common<br />
conclusion: the media map is ethnocentric<br />
and narrow because it emphasises<br />
neighbouring countries and<br />
those with whom Western countries<br />
have close economic, political and<br />
cultural ties. Non-Western scholars<br />
such as Robert Ankomah have added<br />
three main reasons for determining<br />
the reasons for selective news reporting<br />
in Western countries: a perceived<br />
closeness between governments and<br />
journalists, often following governments’<br />
position on other countries or<br />
leaders (Ankomah mentions here the<br />
support of Saddam Hussein during<br />
the Iraq-Iran war turning to anti-Hussein<br />
when the U.S. position on Iraq<br />
changed) and thirdly the particular<br />
closeness between advertising and<br />
editorial coverage, similarly to Danny<br />
Schechter’s comments in 2008.<br />
Additionally, researchers remark that<br />
Western media, despite increased<br />
news flow, a greater opening of<br />
trade markets and more information<br />
and news becoming available from<br />
developing countries remain stereo-<br />
typed and negative in their reporting<br />
on those regions. Coverage on Africa,<br />
for instance, received only slightly<br />
different treatment by journalists in<br />
2009 than it did 20 years ago.<br />
• International media perceive Africa<br />
as a continent of instability, crime<br />
and poverty,<br />
• Achievements, albeit elections or<br />
democratic processes are benchmarked<br />
from a Western perception,<br />
including Western accounting<br />
and governance practices. Cultural<br />
differences between Africa and<br />
the Western world have often not<br />
been taken into account,<br />
• Media tend to focus on events<br />
rather than a continuous analysis<br />
of progress. Although some<br />
researchers have witnessed a slight<br />
increase in ‘developmental’ news,<br />
it is still marginal compared to the<br />
overall coverage,<br />
• Coverage tends to be without<br />
depth and focuses on a few protagonists:<br />
governments, major<br />
politicians and politics in general.<br />
Similar data can be witnessed in the<br />
data collected by Media Tenor on<br />
international business coverage in<br />
2009: 72% of all sources quoted on<br />
international business in global TV<br />
are business sources, followed by<br />
government and political parties.<br />
Those most affected by the crisis,<br />
such as NGO’s, the public or unions,<br />
have less than 2% of a voice on international<br />
television (see figure 8).<br />
| 63
Analysis<br />
As long as global news flow remains<br />
dominated by the same news agencies,<br />
the picture of doom and gloom<br />
will continue beyond the post-financial<br />
crisis. A few things however have<br />
changed, and are giving hope: the<br />
start of Arab news channel Al Jazeera<br />
(and later followed by others such as<br />
Al Arabiya) clearly show that news<br />
services can be different, and don’t<br />
need to follow traditional Western<br />
patterns. While most Western<br />
television news between 2007 and<br />
2009 focused on customer relations,<br />
retrenchments and the impact of<br />
globalisation, Arab television news<br />
(and also South African television)<br />
displayed an exceptionally high focus<br />
on investment coverage. In other<br />
words, while the rest of the World<br />
is being told that investments don’t<br />
take place and that the world is a difficult<br />
place, Arab and South African<br />
news are telling their audience a different<br />
story (see chart 4.9). Similarly,<br />
an analysis of coverage on China in<br />
South African media versus Western<br />
media interrogated whether China’s<br />
involvement in Africa should be seen<br />
(metaphorically speaking) as either<br />
that of the “ominous dragon” ready<br />
to recolonise Africa, or that of the<br />
“flying goose” bringing economic<br />
development and aid to a struggling<br />
continent. 10 The results indicate that<br />
Western media continue to portray<br />
China as exploiting Africa, whereas<br />
South African media increasingly<br />
portray China as an economic partner<br />
64 |<br />
in Africa. The research also comes to<br />
the conclusion that South Africans<br />
are starting to deviate from the<br />
traditional Western way of reporting<br />
and instead seem to access non-traditional<br />
media or new media sources<br />
to arrive at an opinion – a healthy<br />
development in a news environment<br />
that, for decades, had been following<br />
the trend of Western media.<br />
Where to from here and why did no<br />
one stop media from making these<br />
mistakes?<br />
If a research institute publishes the<br />
latest data, or a polling institute<br />
publishes new results from questionnaires,<br />
and the media are ‘getting<br />
the numbers wrong’ one would<br />
expect these organisations to call<br />
the respective journalists and editors<br />
to ensure that the misquote is<br />
corrected. After all, there is nothing<br />
worse when YOUR facts are quoted<br />
wrongly. Someone will uncover the<br />
mistakes and your credibility will be<br />
under threat. Will your clients ever<br />
trust you again? How can you continue<br />
speaking about the quality of<br />
your work and the accuracy of your<br />
predictions? Clients, governments, or<br />
perhaps business have used your data<br />
to inform their strategies – and now<br />
it is all wrong, just because of the<br />
media.<br />
So why the silence from the banking<br />
and the automotive industries?<br />
If your earnings show a drop, but
Chart 4.8. Source structure of business coverage in international TV news,<br />
7/2007-6/2009<br />
Journalist<br />
Business<br />
Government/Authorities<br />
Parliaments/Parties<br />
Unions<br />
NGOs<br />
3,29%<br />
1,09%<br />
1%<br />
0,7%<br />
23,71%<br />
68,38%<br />
Society 0,63%<br />
USA<br />
Academics<br />
other/several<br />
0,6%<br />
0,38%<br />
France<br />
Government/Authorities<br />
Parliaments/Parties<br />
Unions<br />
NGOs<br />
EU 0,17%<br />
Spain<br />
Society<br />
Academics<br />
International org. 0,04%<br />
Switzerland<br />
other/several<br />
EU<br />
0% 20% 40% 60% 80%<br />
0% 5% 10% 15%<br />
Share of all reports (%)<br />
you are still making a profit, what<br />
message are you likely to communicate?<br />
Option 1: despite the economic<br />
downturn, we are still making profit.<br />
Option 2: with the economic downturn,<br />
our earnings have declined.<br />
Both are perhaps technically correct,<br />
but option 1 shows confidence, shows<br />
leadership in hard times, shows that<br />
the right business decisions were<br />
made. Option 2 is unlikely to get analysts<br />
and shareholders excited. But it<br />
is option 2 that has dominated coverage<br />
over the past few months – with<br />
no objections from those concerned.<br />
Was the idea of a ‘general downturn’<br />
perhaps convenient for introducing<br />
other negative stories, or even for<br />
executing business decisions that<br />
Germany<br />
South Africa<br />
Arab TV<br />
UK<br />
Italy<br />
Basis: 113,766 reports about companies, industries and managers in 28 international TV news shows<br />
would have been very unpopular in<br />
‘good times’, such as retrenchments?<br />
Or was it just opportune to cover up<br />
wrong investment decisions by management<br />
and decision makers under<br />
the guise of a ‘global downturn’,<br />
and thereby wash one’s hands of<br />
something? Any government would<br />
be up in arms if media were indeed<br />
incorrectly stating national policy<br />
figures, knowing full well just how<br />
important media coverage is in terms<br />
of voter sentiment. After all, media<br />
are a key market, just like a business<br />
environment – or perhaps even more<br />
powerful than that.<br />
The World Economic Forum has commissioned<br />
a poll – released on the<br />
| 65
Analysis<br />
eve of the post-financial crisis year<br />
meeting in January 2010. A poll that<br />
focused on the question of values.<br />
‘Over two-thirds of people believe<br />
the current economic crisis is also a<br />
crisis of ethics and values’. Here are<br />
key findings from the poll 11 :<br />
• The poll results point to a trust<br />
deficit regarding values in the<br />
business world. Only one-quarter<br />
of respondents believe that large,<br />
multinational businesses apply a<br />
values-driven approach to their sectors,<br />
while over 40% believe that<br />
small and medium-sized businesses<br />
apply such an approach<br />
• Almost two-thirds of respondents<br />
believe that people do not apply<br />
the same values in their professional<br />
lives as they do in their private<br />
lives<br />
Finance/results<br />
Strategy/M&A<br />
Products<br />
Image/PR/scandals<br />
Politics/regulation<br />
Stock<br />
HR<br />
Management<br />
own research<br />
Pricing<br />
Society/CSR<br />
other<br />
Production<br />
Salaries/unions<br />
Investments<br />
Customer relations<br />
Environmental policy<br />
Globalisation<br />
R&D<br />
Market position<br />
Company culture<br />
Reporting<br />
Ratings<br />
History<br />
South Africa<br />
France<br />
Spain<br />
Arab TV<br />
Switzerland<br />
USA<br />
Germany<br />
Italy<br />
UK<br />
0% 5% 10% 15%<br />
Share of all reports (%)<br />
• When asked to identify the values<br />
most important for the global political<br />
and economic system, almost<br />
40% chose honesty, integrity and<br />
transparency; 24% chose the rights,<br />
dignity and views of others; 20%<br />
chose the impact of actions on the<br />
well-being of others and 17% chose<br />
preserving the environment.<br />
Most organisations are well aware<br />
of the power of the media: they use<br />
them every day to push their messages<br />
across to the various stakeholders<br />
and target audiences. They cry foul<br />
if their positive social responsibility<br />
commitments do not receive absolute<br />
awe and amazement from the<br />
journalists. They are upset when the<br />
ground-breaking new product does<br />
not receive the desired review. They<br />
Chart 4.9. Topic structure of business coverage in international TV news,<br />
7/2007-6/2009<br />
Reporting<br />
Investments<br />
Globalisation<br />
Customer relations<br />
R&D<br />
0% 1% 2% 3% 4% 5% 6% 7%<br />
Basis: 113,766 reports about companies, industries and managers in 28 international TV news shows<br />
66 |
jubilate if the CEO received another<br />
front page story about strategic<br />
vision and ‘thought leadership’.<br />
Particularly if the competing CEO did<br />
not. But, if the financial results are<br />
interpreted incorrectly, or the overall<br />
economic situation as reported on<br />
in the media differs from their own<br />
assessments – there is silence. Coincidence?<br />
Unlikely – and certainly a<br />
bad choice of judgement. The result<br />
is that trust in companies, particularly<br />
in banks is eroded. It will take a<br />
long time to rebuild this trust but it<br />
will provide the time necessary to reevaluate<br />
the mechanisms companies<br />
will have to develop to assess media<br />
coverage and the impact on stakeholders.<br />
How am I portrayed? How<br />
is the industry portrayed? How is the<br />
economy portrayed? Is it correct?<br />
Negative news might sell for media.<br />
But it does not help to sell products<br />
and services.<br />
1. Asia through the crisis. Perspectives on<br />
emerging economies in the global economic<br />
recovery. September 2009: The<br />
Monitor Group.<br />
2. Reshaping the Financial Times’ newsroom<br />
for the credit crisis. Inter-view<br />
with Managing Editor, Daniel Bogler.<br />
http://www.editorsweblog.org/analysis/2008/10/reshaping_the_financial_<br />
times_newsroom_f.php . Downloaded<br />
17 January, 2010.<br />
3. http://www.cambodia.org/blogs/editorials/labels/Prime%20Minister%20Hun%2<br />
0Sen.html<br />
4. Te Velde, Dirk Willem: The global financial<br />
crisis and developing countries.<br />
Which countries are at risk and what<br />
can be done?. Overseas Development<br />
<strong>Institute</strong>, Background Note, October<br />
2008. www.odi.org.uk/resources/download/2462.pdf.<br />
Accessed15 January, 2010.<br />
5. Griffith-Jones, S & Ocampo, JA. The<br />
Financial Crisis and it’s impact on developing<br />
countries. International Policy<br />
Centre for Inclusive Growth, Brazil.<br />
www.undg-policynet.org/ext/...crisis/<br />
UNDP_-_The_Financial_C.pdf Downloaded<br />
15 January, 2010.<br />
6. Prasad A & Reddy CP: Global Financial<br />
Crisis and Its Impact on India. http://<br />
www.krepublishers.com/02-Journals/<br />
JSS/JSS-21-0-000-09-Web/JSS-21-1-<br />
000-09-Abst-PDF/JSS-21-1-001-09-963-<br />
%20Prasad-A/JSS-21-1-001-09-963-<br />
%20Prasad-A-Tt.pdf<br />
7. http://ipsnews.net/news.<br />
asp?idnews=49332<br />
8. See pages 13 and 14 in the Asia Report<br />
2009 by the Monitor Group<br />
9. www.editorsweblog.org/analysis/2008/11/financial_crisis_a_media_failure.php,<br />
accessed 12 January, 2010.<br />
10. De Beer A & Schreiner W: Of ‚ominous<br />
dragons‘ and ‚flying geese‘: South African<br />
media coverage of China in Africa.<br />
Paper read at the 2009 AEJMC Conference<br />
in Boston, MA.<br />
11. http://www.weforum.org/faith<br />
| 67
2. Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />
2.1. The <strong>Trust</strong> <strong>Meltdown</strong><br />
By Alfed R. Berkeley III and Phillip Moyer<br />
The <strong>Trust</strong> <strong>Meltdown</strong> is palpable<br />
in the United States and Europe.<br />
Ordinary people in everyday conversations<br />
believe that their lives have<br />
been made harder and riskier by a<br />
handful of powerful people who violated<br />
trust that society had placed in<br />
them. In their minds, they are victims.<br />
There is no shortage of villains.<br />
There is also significant cynicism<br />
about the cures that would be vindicators<br />
propose. As is happens, the<br />
majority of citizens are pragmatic<br />
and full of common sense. They are<br />
suspicious of the “witch trials” initiated<br />
by politicians and trumpeted<br />
by the media. They see through<br />
and resent the smug arrogance of<br />
public policies that assume the public<br />
needs to be sheltered from harsh<br />
truths. Fear and panic come from the<br />
unknown. Good public policy makes<br />
much more known. The path to confidence<br />
lies in transparency.<br />
We have ample precedent. The<br />
Crash of 1929 and the Depression<br />
was redressed in the short term by<br />
massive stimulus and in the long term<br />
by transparency. What do WE mean,<br />
and how do we know?<br />
We are most familiar with the United<br />
States. Just as America’s financial<br />
68 |<br />
industry is in distress now, it was in<br />
distress in the 1930’s. Then as now,<br />
there was significant call for regulation.<br />
But the differences between<br />
then and now are striking. Now<br />
we are calling for regulation that<br />
is ever more prescriptive about the<br />
operations of the financial services<br />
industry: what credit card fees can<br />
be charged what cannot. Now we<br />
are selectively taxing one group of<br />
producers and subsidizing others:<br />
taxing borrowing and bonuses in the<br />
financial services industry and not in<br />
others.<br />
By contrast, the wise policies of the<br />
1930’s were rooted in the idea that<br />
transparency is a key part of the answer.<br />
The interests vested in opacity<br />
screamed and wailed.<br />
The legislative output of the 1930’s<br />
was remarkable:<br />
The Banking Act of 1933 (Glass–<br />
Steagall) separated deposit taking<br />
from proprietary trading and<br />
established the Federal Deposit<br />
Insurance Corporation.<br />
The Securities Act of 1933 mandated<br />
that public companies tell their<br />
investors something about the<br />
company’s financial health.
The Securities and Exchange Act of<br />
1934 obligated broker dealers and<br />
exchanges to act as honest agents<br />
for their customers and established<br />
the Securities and Exchange Commission<br />
to enforce the Act.<br />
The <strong>Trust</strong> Indenture Act gave<br />
dispersed retail bond holders a<br />
<strong>Trust</strong>ee representing their collective<br />
interests, a counterbalance to<br />
the power o f the issuer.<br />
The Investment Company Act gave<br />
investment managers fiduciary<br />
obligations.<br />
The Maloney Amendment to the<br />
Securities and Exchange Act created<br />
an obligation for the brokerage<br />
industry to regulate itself, in<br />
addition to the regulation provided<br />
by the Securities and Exchange<br />
Commission.<br />
There are others; the point is that<br />
they pretty effectively addressed<br />
the root problems of how risks were<br />
packaged (Glass --Steagall), how<br />
risks were to be revealed (disclosure<br />
requirements) and how conflicts of<br />
interest were to be managed (fiduciary<br />
obligations trump self-interest).<br />
These principles were applied with<br />
great success for some 70 years to the<br />
equities and bonds that had been at<br />
the root of the Crash of 1929 and the<br />
Depression of the 1930’s. The well<br />
thought out reforms of the 1930’s<br />
delivered literally decades of stability<br />
and still permitted both product and<br />
technology innovation.<br />
With the exception of packaging<br />
risk (Glass Steagall), all of the 1930’s<br />
legislation has been strengthened<br />
over the years. Risks were re-bundled<br />
when Glass Steagall was reversed.<br />
Ironically, Glass Steagall was so<br />
effective for so long in preventing<br />
systemic failures, human memories<br />
are so short and human beings are so<br />
greedy that we failed to remember<br />
why the law was passed originally.<br />
Notice that current crash was not<br />
driven by equities or 1930’s style<br />
debt. The new securities at the root<br />
of the current crash did not exist in<br />
the 1930’s. The new securities packaged<br />
risk in new ways. Most of all,<br />
the new securities were not transparent<br />
in any dimension: they did not<br />
disclose either financial health or risk.<br />
Furthermore, the issuers of these new<br />
securities flouted the principal-agent<br />
problem.<br />
The new securities fell between the<br />
jurisdictional cracks of regulatory<br />
authority: some were built on securities<br />
and business models that were<br />
expressly exempted from SEC jurisdiction;<br />
some were ambiguous. Is a credit<br />
default swap insurance, a commercial<br />
contract or a security? Issues you<br />
would like to decide on facts quickly<br />
became a matter of definition. When<br />
the definitions were ambiguous, the<br />
| 69
Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />
interested parties moved to mitigating<br />
circumstances and on to standing.<br />
Standing is all about who regulates<br />
such securities? Where is Federalism?<br />
The states regulate insurance. The<br />
clear classifications of the 1930’s are<br />
no longer.<br />
So where are the solutions?<br />
The sub-prime mortgage business imploded<br />
because it was not transparent,<br />
because the risk was packaged in<br />
ways that mixed low risk assets with<br />
high risk liabilities, because principal<br />
concerns overpowered agency obligations<br />
, and because jurisdictional<br />
holes removed the threat of a cop on<br />
the beat . Only a few high priests of<br />
finance knew what those securities<br />
contained and whether they were<br />
likely to be repaid. They had the information<br />
to price the securities and<br />
they hoarded it.<br />
Proposed regulatory changes are<br />
likely to address the issues of regulatory<br />
jurisdiction. The cracks between<br />
regulatory agencies are likely to be<br />
filled. Paul Volker’s proposal to re-instate<br />
Glass Steagall may well repackage<br />
risks and address the principal<br />
versus agency issues.<br />
The transparency issues have hardly<br />
been mentioned, and probably will<br />
not be until the jurisdictional issues<br />
are resolved. Nonetheless, they<br />
deserve to be discussed. They are the<br />
70 |<br />
most powerful potion in the prescription.<br />
The press has not picked up on<br />
the importance of transparency. It is<br />
not a sexy topic. It takes years to take<br />
effect. Powerful interests are against<br />
it. Powerful interests are against it<br />
because transparency so powerfully<br />
shifts the balance of power in the<br />
marketplace.<br />
The SEC is quietly moving on dramatically<br />
increasing transparency for<br />
all issues filed with the Commission.<br />
The SEC is updating its public access<br />
system with new technology that<br />
will make all filings machine readable.<br />
It is difficult to overstate the<br />
importance of this change. Machine<br />
readable SEC filings by issuers will democratize<br />
access to financial information<br />
in fundamental ways.<br />
The basic work to make financial<br />
statements, including footnotes,<br />
machine readable has already been<br />
done and the obligation for issues to<br />
submit in machine readable formats<br />
is phasing in.<br />
The basic work to make securitized<br />
residential mortgage-backed securities<br />
machine readable has also been<br />
done, including the initial prospectus<br />
and the monthly remittance information.<br />
Preliminary work has been done<br />
on credit card-backed securities and<br />
automobile loan-backed securities.<br />
No US regulator has mandated machine<br />
readable transparency yet, and
there is considerable resistance from<br />
the securitization industry.<br />
In summary, there is much to be<br />
done and the wheels of reform are<br />
grinding slowly. There is a chance<br />
that the current reforms can deliver<br />
decades of stability and still permit<br />
innovation. It was transparency that<br />
allowed the reforms of the 1930’s to<br />
adjust to innovation in securities and<br />
trading. We need transparency to<br />
make the present round of reforms<br />
work and yet change, to “bend without<br />
breaking.”<br />
| 71
Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />
2.2. Transparency and Verification from a<br />
Regulator’s Perspective: Using XBRL<br />
to Restore <strong>Trust</strong> in Finance and Government<br />
By Paul Wilkinson<br />
72 |<br />
An Introductory Proverb<br />
It was sometimes difficult to tell if<br />
President Reagan’s favorite proverb<br />
while working to win the Cold War<br />
– “doveryai, no proveryai” or “trust,<br />
but verify” – made Soviet General<br />
Secretary Mikhail Gorbachev grimace<br />
or smile.<br />
“You repeat it at every meeting,” the<br />
General Secretary said to laughter<br />
at the signing of a nuclear treaty in<br />
1987.<br />
“I like it,” the President replied. 1<br />
The proverb is said to have been<br />
favored by Soviet KGB founder Felix<br />
Dzerzhinsky, who, like President<br />
Reagan, did not hesitate to commit<br />
resources to technology in order to<br />
accomplish state ends. In Dzerzhinsky’s<br />
case that included surveillance<br />
technology; in the President’s case, it<br />
included the Strategic Defense Initiative,<br />
a transparent project to undermine<br />
the Mutual Assured Destruction<br />
doctrine and reduce the risk of<br />
nuclear catastrophe.<br />
While subject to a range of judgment,<br />
the cost of the recent financial<br />
crises and the cost of the Cold War<br />
have both been estimated at roughly<br />
$10 trillion. Those costs, and the
As finance and other regulated industries adopt<br />
increasingly technological business processes, regulators<br />
must adopt technology to keep pace. Those with<br />
supervisory and enforcement powers must use eXtensible<br />
Business Reporting Language to serve the public trust.<br />
fact that G20 government deficits<br />
are now at their highest levels since<br />
WWII, make analogies between the<br />
financial crisis and the money cost<br />
of war apt. In war, as in financial<br />
regulation, strategy, intelligence,<br />
and technology are critical. Neither<br />
soldier nor regulator can cover every<br />
potential point of invasion. And<br />
neither soldier nor regulator can<br />
emerge victorious when outgunned<br />
and outsmarted. Only an effective<br />
combination of technology and<br />
transparency can reduce the risk of<br />
modern economic catastrophe. <strong>Trust</strong><br />
and verification, along with strong<br />
deterrence, are vital to the promise<br />
of peace and prosperity alike.<br />
A Pair of Rules and a Set of Priorities<br />
When we arrived at the U.S. Securities<br />
and Exchange Commission in<br />
August 2005, the priorities included<br />
continuing to phase in the Sarbanes-<br />
Oxley Act (SOX) enacted in the wake<br />
of Enron, WorldCom, and the dot<br />
com bubble; resolving a religious war<br />
between accountants and entrepreneurs<br />
over stock option accounting;<br />
addressing Congressional concerns<br />
with respect to public company disclosures<br />
including topics like collaboration<br />
with the Communist government<br />
in China; dealing with a $50<br />
million SEC budget shortfall; improving<br />
the resiliency of capital markets<br />
in case of another terrorist attack<br />
or disaster; filling a large number<br />
of senior staff positions; and dozens<br />
of other high profile and emerging<br />
issues.<br />
In 2004 and early 2005, the Commission<br />
unanimously approved two new<br />
largely non-controversial rules. The<br />
first rule – the “CSE Rule,” with CSE<br />
standing for Consolidated Supervised<br />
Entity – created a voluntary program<br />
to monitor investment bank capital<br />
(because the Commission lacked<br />
authority to create a mandatory program).<br />
The second rule – “Reg. AB,”<br />
with “AB” standing for asset-backed<br />
– formalized about two decades of<br />
precedent related to asset-backed<br />
securities disclosure standards. New<br />
business, and demands stemming<br />
from recent controversial rulemakings,<br />
did not merely suppress the new<br />
Commission’s appetite to revisit these<br />
two seemingly innocuous capital and<br />
ABS rules. Adoption of the rules simply<br />
took them off the menu.<br />
The SEC saw voluntary CSE regulation<br />
as inadequate, and therefore sought<br />
mandatory authority to increase<br />
securities firms’ capital requirements,<br />
but Congress failed to act. The SEC<br />
itself might have set higher targets in<br />
the CSE Rule voluntary program, but<br />
would have found doing so controversial<br />
because it would have put U.S.<br />
entities at a competitive disadvantage<br />
to foreign entities, which were<br />
using standards equivalent to the<br />
voluntary standards that the Commission<br />
adopted.<br />
| 73
Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />
Final Report of the Advisory Committee on Improvements to Financial<br />
Reporting to the SEC<br />
As it becomes increasingly easy to<br />
move capital around the world, global<br />
regulatory arbitrage is an everincreasing<br />
risk in substantive regulation.<br />
One advantage of regulation<br />
requiring more disclosure, relative to<br />
regulation that sets substantive limits<br />
on certain business activity (voluntary<br />
or mandatory) is that disclosure<br />
regulation can help jurisdictions that<br />
adopt it become more, not less competitive.<br />
The number of warheads<br />
is less important than the ability to<br />
verify and trust the final count.<br />
74 |<br />
August 1, 2008<br />
We see a number of potential benefits of interactive data for reporting<br />
companies and investors relating to financial and non-financial information.<br />
First, interactive data tagging could benefit reporting companies by permitting<br />
improved communications with analysts and investors. Released corporate<br />
data could be instantaneously and immediately usable by analysts in<br />
their models without the need for them to wait for third party aggregators<br />
or staff to input the data into their own format. There would be a reduction<br />
in search costs. Further, such reduced search costs could potentially increase<br />
coverage of companies, especially mid-size and smaller companies, by<br />
sell-side and buy-side analysts, and at both major brokerage and independent<br />
research firms. Interactive data-tagging also would likely improve the<br />
quality of data and the ability of a company to control the presentation of<br />
its financial information. The elimination or reduction of the manual input<br />
would likely reduce error rates in reporting and inputting of corporate data<br />
by aggregators. 2<br />
Better information results in better<br />
markets. Therefore, investors typically<br />
prefer markets with stronger<br />
information ecosystems – the U.S.<br />
market for public company securities,<br />
the world’s strongest capital market,<br />
being Exhibit 1. Giving companies<br />
flexibility to arrange their finances<br />
as they see fit – as long as all material<br />
information is fully and accurately<br />
disclosed according to industry<br />
standard accounting policies – has<br />
repeatedly proven more successful<br />
than command and control. Using<br />
effective disclosure technology may<br />
diminish profits for particular firms as
economic rents are competed out of<br />
a particular market, but unlike parochial<br />
limitations that help incumbent<br />
firms protect their franchises and<br />
create barriers to entry for potential<br />
competitors, disclosure regulation<br />
helps the customers of regulated entities<br />
get closer to the balance of risk<br />
and reward that they ultimately wish<br />
to achieve – and helps these customers<br />
do so at lower prices.<br />
In less regulated markets, such as<br />
music and travel sales, iTunes and Expedia-style<br />
information systems give<br />
consumers remarkably more choice<br />
and lower prices. In the financial<br />
sector, partly because of the high<br />
degree of substantive regulation outside<br />
the basic public company securities<br />
market, Internet-based “creative<br />
destruction” has yet to move far<br />
beyond electronic retail brokerage<br />
on Wall Street and online banking<br />
on Main Street. However, a well-designed<br />
regulatory disclosure system<br />
holds the promise of extending the<br />
benefits of choice and competition to<br />
investing, borrowing, lending, hedging,<br />
insuring, and other financial<br />
sector activity.<br />
In interviews for senior SEC positions,<br />
we regularly asked candidates<br />
about emerging threats to the capital<br />
markets. None identified activity<br />
in light of the CSE Rule or Reg. AB<br />
as a concern. For that matter, none<br />
anticipated a crisis anything like<br />
September 2008. (Critics of implicit<br />
government guarantees to Fannie<br />
Mae and Freddie Mac were probably<br />
most Cassandra-like.) The degree to<br />
which this ignorance of so many of<br />
the nation’s most reputable financial<br />
experts was due to inadequately accessible<br />
information about how companies<br />
were operating under the CSE<br />
Final Report of the Advisory Committee on Improvements to Financial<br />
Reporting to the SEC<br />
August 1, 2008<br />
Second, interactive data has the potential to improve the integration of<br />
company operating and reporting data. Using interactive data, operating<br />
data can be accessed in the internal enterprise applications where it is regularly<br />
stored, and thus will be used for financial reporting purposes without<br />
the necessity of downloading to paper or manual search. The same electronically<br />
accessible data can be used for other purposes beyond those of<br />
financial statements, including tax, industrial filings, audit, benchmarking,<br />
performance reporting, internal management, and sustainability. 3<br />
| 75
Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />
Rule and Reg. AB is uncertain. What<br />
is certain is that a healthy dose of<br />
forward-looking technology requirements<br />
would have improved both<br />
rules and mitigated the financial<br />
crisis. Despite work under Chairman<br />
William Donaldson to adopt modern<br />
technology to improve capital market<br />
disclosure, the SEC’s rulemaking<br />
apparatus had yet to provide for its<br />
implementation.<br />
Three Crises; Two Styles<br />
Morale is vital to victory in war and<br />
economic growth alike. Churchill<br />
never trembled in public as bombs<br />
fell on London. Reagan was steady<br />
despite Black Monday, Oct. 19, 1987,<br />
the largest one-day market collapse<br />
in history. The former called upon<br />
76 |<br />
the fiber of Londoners; the latter<br />
proclaimed publicly that the real<br />
economy, unlike the global stock exchange<br />
scoreboard, was working just<br />
fine. People trusted President Reagan<br />
not to inject fear and uncertainty<br />
into markets by changing the rules<br />
midstream. Churchill and Reagan<br />
succeeded for the simple reason that<br />
they earned people’s trust with clear<br />
communication.<br />
Wartime morale, prosperous capital<br />
markets, and successful banking are<br />
all about trust. The leader of the U.S.<br />
Securities and Exchange Commission’s<br />
21 st Century Disclosure Initiative, 4 Bill<br />
Lutz, often reminded us that clear<br />
communication builds trust, trust<br />
builds confidence, and money follows<br />
Final Report of the Advisory Committee on Improvements to Financial<br />
Reporting to the SEC<br />
August 1, 2008<br />
[I]nteractive data-tagged financial statements can provide a number of benefits<br />
to investors, including both retail investors and the “model builder/research<br />
analyst.”<br />
Investors can benefit from, among other things, a reduced cost of locating<br />
and inputting data into analytical frameworks, elimination of manual<br />
input thereby reducing the likelihood of input error by an investor or data<br />
aggregator, reduced investor dependence on proprietary and inconsistent<br />
data sources, increased likelihood of more investors utilizing primary data<br />
sources, and reduced cost of and improved company comparisons.<br />
The interactive data-tagged financial statements should enable investors<br />
and experienced analysts at research organizations to spend more time analyzing<br />
data than data gathering. 5
confidence. In September 2008, we<br />
saw a catastrophic failure in the supply<br />
chain for trust.<br />
Late night visits by morose U.S. administration<br />
officials to Capitol Hill<br />
for closed meetings with Congressional<br />
leaders and video of somber<br />
looking authorities walking in and<br />
out of those meetings broadcast to<br />
the world live via satellite triggered<br />
fear, not confidence. The threshold<br />
to trigger mass hysteria among<br />
Congress was low, since few Members<br />
understood the opaque instruments<br />
that triggered the crisis. The<br />
metaphor of a cabinet secretary on<br />
his knee in front of the legislative<br />
branch crowded out thoughtful public<br />
deliberation about how better informed<br />
markets might help stabilize<br />
prices and expedite recovery, as they<br />
did in the years after U.S. Generally<br />
Accepted Accounting Principles were<br />
fully implemented and in the months<br />
after Black Monday. Communications<br />
based on fear rather than substance<br />
destroyed trust and confidence.<br />
When strong leadership based on<br />
unwavering faith in the power of<br />
transparent markets such as that<br />
which President Reagan showed in<br />
October 1987 goes missing, other<br />
means of clear communication are<br />
essential. Today’s challenge, in the<br />
wake of the most severe breakdown<br />
in trust in the financial industry since<br />
the Great Depression, is to rebuild a<br />
path from clear communication to<br />
trust to productive investment.<br />
How eXtensible Business Reporting<br />
Language Users Received Special<br />
Communications and Beat the SEC<br />
and the Market<br />
In August 2005, the most controversial<br />
ongoing concern at the SEC was<br />
the implementation of SOX financial<br />
reporting internal control requirements,<br />
with an objective of ensuring<br />
that better internal communications<br />
would strengthen trust in a company’s<br />
external disclosures. Large companies<br />
found it costly to create and<br />
enforce manual controls that satisfied<br />
their auditors, who understandably<br />
imposed high standards in light<br />
of extraordinary potential personal<br />
liability among firm partners. Small<br />
companies, whose compliance was<br />
being phased in, feared SOX costs<br />
would put them at a competitive<br />
disadvantage to their larger brethren,<br />
while perceived systemic risks<br />
included the failure of any one of<br />
the four remaining large accounting<br />
firms.<br />
We believed technology could make<br />
better internal controls more cost-effective<br />
for companies and safer for<br />
auditors from a liability perspective.<br />
However, we were also concerned<br />
that promoting a specific technology<br />
as a way to help achieve cost-effective<br />
SOX compliance might taint that<br />
technology with SOX-like controversy<br />
| 77
Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />
Final SEC Rule Mandating XBRL Public Company Disclosure<br />
and delay its implementation. In the<br />
end, while the 2008 Advisory Committee<br />
on Improvements to Financial<br />
Reporting mentioned audit as an<br />
application for eXtensible Business<br />
Reporting Language, the final rule<br />
did not stress XBRL’s potential to<br />
improve auditing. Since companies<br />
were responsible for ensuring that<br />
data in their interactive data filings<br />
was equivalent to information on<br />
their traditional financial statements,<br />
and that information could be easily<br />
checked by anyone with Internet<br />
access, the Commission viewed an additional<br />
audit as superfluous.<br />
78 |<br />
December 2008<br />
Also, to the extent investors currently are required to pay for access to annual<br />
or quarterly report disclosure that has been extracted and reformatted<br />
into an interactive data format by third-party sources, the availability of interactive<br />
data in Commission filings will allow investors to avoid additional<br />
costs associated with third party sources.<br />
We believe that requiring issuers to file their financial statements using interactive<br />
data format will enable investors, analysts, and the Commission<br />
staff to capture and analyze that information more quickly and at less cost<br />
than is possible using the same financial information provided in a static format.<br />
Any investor with a computer and an internet connection will have the<br />
ability to acquire and download interactive financial data that have generally<br />
been available only to large institutional users. The new interactive data<br />
requirements will not change disclosure requirements under the federal securities<br />
laws and regulations, but will add a requirement to include financial<br />
statements in a new interactive data format as an exhibit. 6<br />
Nevertheless, common sense and<br />
experience lead to the conclusion<br />
that it is much less expensive to<br />
verify that computer programs are<br />
running according to design than it<br />
is to monitor the hearts and minds<br />
of all who might, in the absence of<br />
technology controls, intentionally or<br />
negligently inject material errors into<br />
the financial reporting supply chain.<br />
Moreover, the message that one’s<br />
profession might be shrunk via automation<br />
may not be warmly received.<br />
So we charged ahead with XBRL for<br />
U.S. GAAP for all of the reasons articulated<br />
by the Advisory Committee<br />
on Improvements to Financial Report-
ing and in the Final Rule itself. (See<br />
accompanying text boxes.) Similarly,<br />
we proceeded with XBRL as an early<br />
demonstration of a way to improve<br />
executive compensation disclosure 7<br />
and as a mandatory standard for<br />
mutual fund and credit rating agency<br />
disclosure.<br />
Neither SOX nor XBRL, of course,<br />
applied to asset-backed securities<br />
disclosure, since the securities<br />
were issued as separate instruments<br />
through special purpose vehicles<br />
rather than public companies. The<br />
public companies that traded ABS<br />
generally complied with SOX insofar<br />
as implementing internal controls<br />
over their U.S. GAAP reporting. It is<br />
a commonplace that few anticipated<br />
the financial crisis, but some investors<br />
saw beyond mere SOX compliance.<br />
These investors paid to convert ABS<br />
data from its unstructured ASCII and<br />
Final SEC Rule Mandating XBRL Public Company Disclosure<br />
December 2008<br />
The new rules are intended not only to make financial information easier<br />
for investors to analyze, but also to assist in automating regulatory filings<br />
and business information processing. Interactive data has the potential to<br />
increase the speed, accuracy and usability of financial disclosure, and eventually<br />
reduce costs.<br />
Interactive data can create new ways for investors, analysts, and others to<br />
retrieve and use financial information in documents filed with us. For example,<br />
users of financial information will be able to download it directly<br />
into spreadsheets, analyze it using commercial off-the-shelf software, or use<br />
it within investment models in other software formats. Through interactive<br />
data, what is currently static, text-based information can be dynamically<br />
searched and analyzed, facilitating the comparison of financial and business<br />
performance across companies, reporting periods, and industries.<br />
Interactive data also provide a significant opportunity to automate regulatory<br />
filings and business information processing, with the potential to increase<br />
the speed, accuracy, and usability of financial disclosure. Such automation<br />
could eventually reduce costs. A company that uses a standardized<br />
interactive data format at earlier stages of its reporting cycle could reduce<br />
the need for repetitive data entry and, therefore, the likelihood of human<br />
error. In this way, interactive data may improve the quality of information<br />
while reducing its cost. 8<br />
| 79
Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />
HTML format available under Reg.<br />
AB into structured formats that could<br />
be analyzed in spreadsheets. 9<br />
As the SEC simultaneously developed<br />
other uses for XBRL, EDGAR Online,<br />
Inc., a leading U.S. financial software<br />
firm, used XBRL to analyze residential<br />
mortgage-backed securities (RMBS)<br />
for clients well before the crisis<br />
became acute. In spring 2007, Wired<br />
magazine reports, 10 two hedge<br />
funds asked EDGAR Online, which<br />
had experience parsing documentbased<br />
GAAP disclosures for public<br />
companies, to do the same for RMBS.<br />
Because RMBS disclosures to the SEC<br />
were made in ASCII and HTML, not a<br />
business-specific standard, the company<br />
had to assign “four engineers<br />
to categorize and standardize the…<br />
contents―creating a Rosetta stone<br />
that could translate the 600 unique,<br />
inconsistent fields into 100 uniform<br />
categories.”<br />
According to Wired, after the engineers<br />
delivered the results of their<br />
findings, the hedge funds “saw…a<br />
nationwide crisis in the making<br />
– as adjustable-rate mortgage rates<br />
ballooned, countless home-owners<br />
would default on their loans, rendering<br />
the securities built on them<br />
worthless.”<br />
Transparency – for those who paid<br />
for it in this case – completely<br />
changed the financial battlefield. The<br />
80 |<br />
message to those who paid for the<br />
information was clear: Short mortgage-backed<br />
securities and anything<br />
that depends on them.<br />
The sophisticated investors who paid<br />
to structure RMBS data in XBRL obviously<br />
had better information about<br />
their investments than the putatively<br />
“sophisticated” investors who only<br />
had old-fashioned ASCII and HTML to<br />
help them with their due diligence.<br />
Like modern warfare that increasingly<br />
depends on the surveillance and<br />
speed of satellites, faster and better<br />
knowledge of the RMBS changed the<br />
terms of competition in the markets.<br />
Goldman Sachs Group CEO Lloyd<br />
Blankfein defended his firm in his<br />
January 13, 2010, testimony to the<br />
Financial Crisis Inquiry Commission<br />
(FCIC) on the basis that it only sold<br />
RMBS derivatives to “sophisticated”<br />
investors. The fact that many of these<br />
so-called sophisticated investors were<br />
unable to use the disclosures required<br />
by the SEC under Reg. AB speaks for<br />
itself. Mr. Blankfein may wish today<br />
that the sophisticated investors with<br />
whom he did business had better<br />
information, though Goldman Sachs<br />
and other participants might not<br />
have found the market for RMBS and<br />
their derivatives nearly as profitable.<br />
On January 13, Mr. Blankfein found<br />
himself defending his firm for<br />
hedging its asset-backed securities<br />
derivatives – what critics have called
Toward Greater Transparency: Modernizing the Securities and Exchange<br />
Commission’s Disclosure System, SEC Staff Report<br />
betting against some of its clients.<br />
Similar conflict of interest challenges<br />
exist in public company markets,<br />
but industry standard GAAP format<br />
disclosures help manage that risk effectively<br />
by leveling the information<br />
playing field. The FCIC will explore<br />
why simple securities based on large<br />
pools of future flows of funds from<br />
individual borrowers – considerably<br />
simpler to value than the debt<br />
or equity securities issued by public<br />
companies – led so many to accept<br />
so much hidden risk. The FCIC should<br />
determine why complex instruments<br />
designed to manage that risk failed,<br />
and why disclosure might have been<br />
poor in the first place, leading to<br />
January 2009<br />
The Commission’s current approach to XBRL has been to develop ways<br />
to translate disclosure documents on the current paper forms into XBRLformatted<br />
files. A further step is required. The Commission should adopt<br />
a modernized disclosure system, designed specifically for interactive data,<br />
which will realize the full power of data tagging, identify ways to consolidate<br />
and simplify the current disclosure regime, and make better use of<br />
modern technologies.<br />
As we describe in the next section, the Commission should consider creating<br />
and implementing a modernized disclosure system. The system, organized<br />
around a data warehouse, could be flexible to incorporate multiple methods<br />
of submitting and disseminating information. This modernized disclosure<br />
system would make information more accessible and easier to use, thus serving<br />
and protecting investors. 11<br />
the development of more complex<br />
instruments to manage unnecessarily<br />
hidden risk.<br />
The SEC found in January 2005 that<br />
it was not practical to draft detailed<br />
disclosure guides for each type of<br />
asset-backed instrument that may<br />
be securitized. That was before the<br />
Commission understood the meaning<br />
of eXtensible, which makes it easy to<br />
customize disclosure for genuinely<br />
unique facts about particular securities<br />
while still tagging the information<br />
to make it as useful as possible<br />
to investors. With the experience of<br />
developing and updating the U.S.<br />
GAAP and other XBRL reporting<br />
| 81
Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />
systems, the technology is ready. Five<br />
years later, in January 2010, it is not<br />
only practical – it is essential to use<br />
XBRL to guide disclosure for assetbacked<br />
securities.<br />
Data Discipline<br />
Successful conversations require<br />
that speaker and listener be on the<br />
same page. With solid empirical<br />
data, computer programs can run a<br />
“check sum” to validate meaning.<br />
The English language, regrettably,<br />
does not have the same check-sum<br />
ability to fully align speaker or writer<br />
and listener or reader. In studying<br />
to join the local church in California<br />
after leaving the SEC, I found<br />
that the local Methodists, unlike my<br />
former Lutheran church, tend to use<br />
the word “discipline.” My concept of<br />
the word was “punishment,” which I<br />
told the pastor did not seem particularly<br />
welcoming. He explained that<br />
82 |<br />
Methodists mean it as regulation or<br />
accountability, not punishment.<br />
A theological taxonomy must wait,<br />
but as more capital moves around<br />
the globe more quickly, it is more<br />
important than ever that investors in<br />
different markets be able to understand<br />
what securities issuers in other<br />
markets mean by particular disclosures.<br />
Fortunately, XBRL taxonomies<br />
can be translated into multiple<br />
languages, more carefully and costeffectively<br />
than individual financial<br />
statements. Like a language itself,<br />
these taxonomies can be widely<br />
shared. The International Financial<br />
Reporting Standards taxonomy has<br />
been translated into languages from<br />
Albanian to Ukrainian. Even where<br />
regulated entity and regulator and<br />
investor all speak the same language,<br />
tying particular data to a particular<br />
data tag can enforce more disci-<br />
Toward Greater Transparency: Modernizing the Securities and Exchange<br />
Commission’s Disclosure System, SEC Staff Report<br />
January 2009<br />
The Commission should design and implement a modernized disclosure system<br />
in which interactive data replaces plain-text disclosure documents.<br />
Under the Commission’s current document-based disclosure system, electronic<br />
documents patterned on paper forms are the primary means of submission,<br />
storage, and dissemination of disclosure information. These electronic<br />
documents contain disclosure information in a plain-text format. The<br />
Commission should design and implement a modernized disclosure system<br />
in which interactive data replaces documents. 12
pline than various interpretations<br />
– and misinterpretations – of printed<br />
words.<br />
In the financial crisis, binary data<br />
about particular events contributed<br />
to the atmosphere of fear and<br />
breathless panic among some commentators.<br />
The psychological impact<br />
of the potential bankruptcy of securities<br />
firms – commonly called investment<br />
“banks” despite their status as<br />
non-depository financial institutions<br />
– along with the concept of “breaking<br />
the buck” are two examples of<br />
how sudden changes can be more<br />
unsettling than gradual transitions.<br />
This is particularly true when those<br />
sudden changes are perceived (or<br />
mis-perceived) to be so dramatic<br />
that they could cause ATM’s to “stop<br />
working.”<br />
The five consolidated supervised<br />
entities under the CSE rule were not<br />
“banks” in the eyes of the public. For<br />
most people, banks are where they<br />
go to make FDIC-insured deposits and<br />
facilitate day-to-day money transactions.<br />
The liquidity crisis among<br />
“investment banks” did not threaten<br />
those deposits. Only the results of a<br />
much larger crisis foisted on a public<br />
panicked by the story that some of<br />
the world’s largest “banks” were failing<br />
could do that. Perhaps in lowering<br />
the barriers between different<br />
types of financial institution activity,<br />
Gramm-Leach-Bliley might have<br />
added a truth-in-labeling provision,<br />
reserving the word “bank” for the<br />
offering of insured deposits and the<br />
word “investment” for instruments<br />
presenting additional risk.<br />
Some leaders and media responsibly<br />
referred to the consolidated supervised<br />
entities as “securities firms” – a<br />
more accurate description of their<br />
line of business, which was typically<br />
securities activity to facilitate the<br />
investment of money in common<br />
enterprises for profit derived from<br />
the efforts of others. Even “securities<br />
firm” falls short, however, since it<br />
failed to distinguish between the retail<br />
brokerage arms of the CSE’s and<br />
the much larger “bank holding companies”<br />
that owned the brokerage<br />
arms. In this case, clearer communication<br />
about what people might expect<br />
from different types of financial<br />
activity – such as simple definitions<br />
of financial services and their respective<br />
risks – would have changed the<br />
dynamics of the unfolding crisis.<br />
In the case of large money market<br />
funds potentially “breaking the<br />
buck,” the psychological impact<br />
stems from the use of “buck” as<br />
a proxy for safety. The buck is the<br />
proxy because facts beyond valuation<br />
are less transparent to investors,<br />
particularly the market, book, and<br />
historical values of underlying assets<br />
in which money market creators<br />
invest funds. An XBRL taxonomy<br />
| 83
Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />
covering a wide-ranging schedule<br />
of investments already exists. Were<br />
there the will and the leadership,<br />
money market funds could deploy it<br />
for the benefit of investors in a matter<br />
of weeks and it could be quickly<br />
enhanced to facilitate the disclosure<br />
of any fact regulators see as useful to<br />
investors. The facts are there; what<br />
is needed is a way to open the silo<br />
doors and count the warheads.<br />
The application of technology to<br />
particular words forces speakers and<br />
writers to be more precise. The work<br />
of creating an XBRL taxonomy for<br />
a particular regulatory purpose can<br />
give words more meaning and eliminate<br />
the need for other words, resulting<br />
in more disciplined reporting<br />
and more usable disclosure. XBRL’s<br />
application to financial regulation<br />
can contribute to clear communication,<br />
confidence, and trust.<br />
Instead of recreating the Glass-Steagall<br />
barriers that stood until Gramm-<br />
Leach-Bliley – perhaps as difficult as<br />
putting Humpty Dumpty back together<br />
again – XBRL taxonomies that<br />
support robust regulatory discrimination<br />
among financial business segments<br />
and activities might be used to<br />
recreate systemic protection without<br />
dumping baby and bathwater<br />
together. Creating and implementing<br />
adequate disclosure taxonomies can<br />
protect financial services customers<br />
and taxpayers alike.<br />
84 |<br />
Sunlight has long been held to be the<br />
best disinfectant in financial markets,<br />
and XBRL shines more light than any<br />
previous technology. By opening<br />
the doors to the silos, it expands the<br />
scope of analysis for professionals<br />
while also allowing all participants<br />
in a market equal access to both<br />
facts and greater understanding. By<br />
reducing or eliminating the need<br />
to rekey and normalize data, it lets<br />
analysts and investors evaluate more<br />
investments or spend more time<br />
on the companies they cover. And<br />
it facilitates faster transmission of<br />
news, good and bad alike, from the<br />
transaction level to the reporting<br />
level. Full transparency is the fastest<br />
path to strengthened trust, and XBRL<br />
not only shines sunlight on current<br />
markets but opens the possibility to<br />
new markets.<br />
As long as information-era markets<br />
operate on an agricultural-era<br />
schedule – with exchanges open only<br />
as long as the sun is in the local sky<br />
– there will be opening and closing<br />
volatility. XBRL could help make<br />
24-hour markets more accessible to<br />
more investors, not just investors<br />
large enough to trade off-exchange,<br />
by allowing for the automated<br />
gradual daily or hourly or weekly<br />
release of data, instead of constraining<br />
investors to the market-moving<br />
quarterly guidance and earnings<br />
releases, which favor those who have<br />
sufficient resources to act quickly.
Changing the water temperature<br />
slowly over time allows time for<br />
orderly entry and exit from the pool;<br />
instantly boiling or freezing the water<br />
every three months does not.<br />
Data Contagion<br />
In the heat of the crisis, one argument<br />
for market intervention was<br />
that large financial institutions were<br />
“too interconnected to fail” – that<br />
failure would become a contagious<br />
pandemic. Regardless of whether<br />
they failed or received extraordinary<br />
federal help, there were sufficient<br />
connections to reduce market prices<br />
not just for real estate but for productive<br />
business assets in the form<br />
of equity. XBRL cannot solve the<br />
challenge of detecting correlated<br />
valuations by itself, but to the extent<br />
it smoothes the flow of information<br />
about particular assets, it can contribute<br />
to prices that more reasonably<br />
reflect long-term value. Making the<br />
connections between facts relevant<br />
to multiple financial instruments<br />
more obvious yields context for each<br />
instrument.<br />
As the full dimensions of the housing<br />
and financial crisis became known<br />
in fall 2008, the SEC worked quickly<br />
to find ways to use XBRL’s capabilities<br />
to help. XBRL US, a non-profit<br />
consortium, assembled an XBRL taxonomy<br />
that could do for the entire<br />
residential mortgage-backed securities<br />
market what the EDGAR Online<br />
taxonomy had done for its clients:<br />
Present mortgage-backed securities<br />
information in clear, unbiased, and<br />
complete form. We presented the<br />
information to SEC staff, Treasury<br />
Department, and Federal Reserve officials,<br />
but in the rush toward market<br />
intervention, it failed to garner the<br />
attention it merited.<br />
Among the concerns were that<br />
technology-based transparency<br />
would distract attention from work<br />
to encourage mortgage holders to<br />
renegotiate mortgages with borrowers.<br />
Traditional regulators appeared<br />
to find it challenging to understand<br />
how a working RMBS tracking system<br />
could create price stability in the<br />
RMBS market. Some might have<br />
been concerned that full transparency<br />
would result in prices stabilizing<br />
at unattractive levels, but as basic<br />
economics makes clear, markets and<br />
price only stabilize when information<br />
asymmetry is removed. We barely<br />
touched on the potential of XBRL to<br />
let borrowers know exactly who held<br />
rights to their streams of payments<br />
and who had bet that there was a<br />
particular probability they would<br />
default – information that could only<br />
reduce the tilt of the lender-borrower<br />
playing field and make it easier to<br />
resolve defaults.<br />
Another form of contagion XBRL can<br />
prevent is the contagion of plain old<br />
typing errors, or errors from parsing<br />
| 85
Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />
Comment to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission<br />
on File No. S7-23-09, Extension of Filing Accommodation for Static Pool<br />
Information in Filing With Respect to Asset-Backed Securities,<br />
EDGAR Online, Inc.<br />
ASCII and HTML financial statements.<br />
Even the best third-party service<br />
can’t present a company’s financial<br />
statements as well as the company<br />
86 |<br />
December 9, 2009<br />
The complete collapse of the Mortgage Backed Securities market, the subsequent<br />
TARP bailout, and the lack of buyers of government owned MBS<br />
and the frozen credit market clearly demonstrate that investors are unable<br />
to access adequate information to model the cash flows and risks in these<br />
assets. The economic events of these past 24 months provide empirical proof<br />
that the current patchwork of issuers’ web sites and self-defined reporting<br />
standards simply do not work.<br />
ABSs issuers creating their own data and report formats, and posting on their<br />
own web site – without any centralized validation process from any regulatory<br />
authority – have created a veritable Tower of Babel for this market.<br />
Investors are left sorting out incompatible data labels, reporting formats,<br />
reporting schedules, file formats, and blank or erroneous data. Investors are<br />
confounded, regulators and auditors are unable to spot risks, and ultimately<br />
the market is opaque due to this systemic lack of data reporting standards.<br />
Technology exists that can make ABSs reporting transparent, easy, and inexpensive<br />
for issuers and investors such as eXtensible Business Reporting Language<br />
(XBRL)[, which] is an international open financial data reporting format<br />
already adopted by the SEC and by the FDIC as well as numerous other<br />
worldwide regulatory bodies. XBRL.US, a non-profit consortium, has already<br />
produced a 1,000-element data specification for asset backed securities that<br />
can be implemented by the SEC. It will cost issuers only a few hundred dollars<br />
per document and servicers a few hundred dollars per servicing report<br />
to produce. The size of such a data file using this specification will be smaller<br />
than a single 3 minute song on an Apple I-Pod. 13<br />
itself. Data intermediaries produce<br />
hearsay. Once created, errors can<br />
flow through third party systems<br />
undetected. Even issuers themselves
make simple errors in their document-based<br />
disclosure. Before its<br />
successful completion, more than one<br />
participant in the SEC’s XBRL Voluntary<br />
Filing Program found that the<br />
process of using XBRL revealed errors<br />
in their official SEC filings that had<br />
gone undetected.<br />
Structured disclosure means that<br />
regulators will receive more trustworthy<br />
information and that information<br />
becomes easier to verify before a<br />
scheme runs out of control. Among<br />
the most important findings of the<br />
SEC Inspector General’s report on the<br />
Madoff Ponzi scheme was that the<br />
SEC failed to verify Madoff’s purported<br />
trades with a clearinghouse. The<br />
SEC’s stated reason was that it would<br />
have been difficult to analyze the<br />
data. That is one of XBRL’s assets: it<br />
allows computers to iterate verification<br />
models far more quickly than<br />
humans working with documents or<br />
unstructured or poorly structured<br />
data could hope to accomplish in<br />
their wildest dreams. There is no<br />
reason XBRL could not be used to reconcile<br />
investor brokerage statements<br />
(aggregated to reflect fungible bulk)<br />
with clearinghouse records, changing<br />
the Cold War between regulators and<br />
regulated into an automated quality<br />
control exercise. <strong>Trust</strong> but verify.<br />
Perhaps most important, XBRL can<br />
give investors and other financial<br />
sector customers new and more ef-<br />
fective tools to improve how they<br />
regulate the market. After all, the<br />
most powerful form of market regulation<br />
is the price regulation that results<br />
when well-informed and willing<br />
buyers and sellers disagree on values<br />
of particular rights with respect to<br />
goods, services, and securities. The<br />
more information held by both sides,<br />
the more likely they will bargain<br />
to a sustainable price. Arbitraging<br />
price creates markets; arbitraging<br />
trust does not. Making industry<br />
standard structured disclosure about<br />
any security available to the entire<br />
market can help promote stability. Its<br />
absence in the case of RMBS created<br />
schisms over the value of certain<br />
securities, making price agreement<br />
impossible, freezing the markets, and<br />
destroying liquidity. Each of these<br />
outcomes was ultimately a proxy for<br />
the absence of trust.<br />
Conclusion<br />
XBRL offers investors better, faster,<br />
and cheaper access to information<br />
while it offers regulators opportunities<br />
to facilitate trust, improve verification,<br />
and use a combination of<br />
market incentives and legal hammers<br />
to deter attack. The world of business<br />
reporting is likely to change as much<br />
in the next 15 years as the worlds of<br />
interpersonal communications and<br />
social media have changed in the<br />
past 15 years. From letters and long<br />
distance phone calls, to e-mail and<br />
free nationwide calling, to Facebook<br />
| 87
Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />
and HD teleconferencing from the TV<br />
in your den, people are communicating<br />
with each other in new and ever<br />
more robust ways.<br />
How business reports to its owners<br />
and investors, however, has failed<br />
to keep pace with the potential of<br />
technology. As technology becomes<br />
easier to use – and it always does<br />
– accounting and auditing professionals<br />
will be empowered to create<br />
more value at lower cost. Software<br />
will drive down the cost of analyzing<br />
business facts, further reducing cost<br />
and increasing demand for quality<br />
information. Shareholders, who will<br />
be increasingly empowered by technology,<br />
will demand that management<br />
catch up and keep up – or they<br />
will simply invest elsewhere. As the<br />
Internet moves beyond documentbased<br />
Web pages to a wide array of<br />
data-based user interfaces, regulators<br />
will either keep up or be left behind.<br />
By leading XBRL adoption, regulators<br />
help themselves keep up.<br />
The value of business reporting<br />
depends upon a combination of the<br />
quality of the standard, the quality<br />
of information reported using<br />
the standard, and the quality of the<br />
application of the standard to the<br />
information. Even today, standards<br />
make forensic accounting cost-effective<br />
for large investors and the<br />
SEC itself. Hedge funds use them to<br />
find short selling opportunities and<br />
88 |<br />
pierce bubbles sooner. XBRL can<br />
improve the market for investment<br />
analysis for all investors by creating<br />
a sea change in the cost structure for<br />
analysis.<br />
As a global standard, XBRL will continue<br />
to make it easier for individuals<br />
and entities to fully and more<br />
safely participate in global capital<br />
markets. The printing press was a<br />
tool to liberate billions; the great<br />
XBRL data press can do still more<br />
to empower people to collaborate,<br />
verify, act thoughtfully, and prosper.<br />
Regulators, by setting clear standards<br />
for the use of XBRL, can bring all of<br />
the benefits of trust to more people<br />
around the world sooner.<br />
1. http://www.reagan.utexas.edu/archives/<br />
speeches/1987/120887c.htm<br />
2. http://www.sec.gov/about/offices/oca/<br />
acifr/acifr-finalreport.pdf<br />
3. ibid.<br />
4. http://www.sec.gov/spotlight/disclosureinitiative/report.pdf<br />
5. http://www.sec.gov/about/offices/oca/<br />
acifr/acifr-finalreport.pdf<br />
6. http://www.sec.gov/rules/final/2009/33-<br />
9002.pdf<br />
7. The tool that disclosed executive<br />
compensation for the senior officials of<br />
about 500 companies allowed investors<br />
to use XBRL data in two of the<br />
traditional compensation disclosure<br />
tables required by the SEC, making<br />
controversy over stock option valuation<br />
obsolete by letting investors use either<br />
method with the click of a mouse.<br />
XBRL should soon make mandating the<br />
creation of particular tables obsolete,
as any data reported in tabular format<br />
becomes much more useful when it is<br />
data tagged and can be easily arranged<br />
according to user preferences instead of<br />
preparer preferences.<br />
8. http://www.sec.gov/rules/final/2009/33-<br />
9002.pdf<br />
9. Depending on the complexity of the<br />
information and the purpose of its<br />
use, spreadsheets may or may not be<br />
the most useful means of preparing,<br />
analyzing, and using XBRL data. XBRL<br />
is interface neutral, highly usable in<br />
spreadsheets, databases, and other<br />
data-centric user interfaces.<br />
10. http://www.wired.com/techbiz/it/magazine/17-03/wp_reboot<br />
11. http://www.sec.gov/spotlight/disclosureinitiative/report.pdf<br />
12. ibid.<br />
13. http://www.scribd.com/doc/23942961/<br />
Edgar-Online-re-ABS-Modernize-Disclosure-Cut-Costs-Achieve-Transparency-<br />
Restart-Securitization<br />
| 89
Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />
2.3. Enhancing Capital Markets Transparency<br />
and <strong>Trust</strong><br />
By Liv Apneseth Watson<br />
The idea that regulatory-required<br />
disclosure can reduce risks and foster<br />
transparence is not something new<br />
to public policy. As early as the 1930s,<br />
reacting to the market meltdown<br />
of the great depression, President<br />
Franklin D. Roosevelt championed<br />
the approval of the United States<br />
Securities and Exchange (SEC) Acts,<br />
which required companies that sold<br />
securities to the public to reveal<br />
earnings, obligations, and other data<br />
to foster transparence to investors.<br />
Over time, those disclosure requirements<br />
formed the basis for public<br />
confidence in the nation‘s securities<br />
markets.<br />
Back then before copy machines,<br />
fax machines, and computers had<br />
been invented. People traveled to<br />
Washington, D.C., to public reference<br />
rooms to gather information<br />
they wanted to use for analysis or<br />
other purpose and then called key<br />
stakeholders about the event from<br />
SEC-provided payphones. In those<br />
days, you had to have pocket full of<br />
quarters if you went digging into<br />
SEC filings. Now, in the wake of yet<br />
another market meltdown, government,<br />
regulators, industry groups<br />
and investors are once again taking<br />
a closer look at how disclosure works<br />
in practice.<br />
90 |<br />
The Internet and electronic communication<br />
has ensured that information<br />
is more freely available than ever<br />
before and that the time it takes to<br />
deliver that information has sharply<br />
decreased. The key question is now:<br />
How reusable is that information?<br />
Even when you know exactly what<br />
you are looking for and roughly<br />
where to find it, extracting information<br />
from financial and business<br />
reports today generally involves a<br />
largely human error prone manual<br />
effort that is often very frustrating<br />
and time-consuming. The biggest<br />
problem is that the format and media<br />
on which financial and business reported<br />
disclosures are authored and<br />
shared varies widely between paper,<br />
html, pdf, and other human readable<br />
forms or proprietary electronic<br />
formats tied to a specific software<br />
application. Each publishing format<br />
has its limitations.<br />
To resolve the problem of providing<br />
reusable access to timely, relevant,<br />
discoverable and accurate financial<br />
and business information a marketdriven<br />
open-standard consortium has<br />
evolved and developed an information<br />
standard called XBRL short<br />
for eXtensible Business Reporting<br />
Language. This international consortium<br />
powerfully connects members<br />
representing the entire business
Source: XBRL International, Inc<br />
XBRL a universal language of business information<br />
transforming the approach to disclosure<br />
Figure 1: The Financial and Business Reporting Supply Chain<br />
reporting supply chain (see Figure<br />
1 above) in the development of a<br />
standards-based solution for financial<br />
and business information that is<br />
universally open, industry-driven, and<br />
internationally endorsed.<br />
XBRL International is comprised<br />
of local jurisdictions which focus<br />
on the progress development and<br />
coordination of XBRL in their region<br />
and direct members in regions that<br />
jurisdictions have yet to be formed.<br />
Members of XBRL International<br />
include approximately 600 leading<br />
companies, associations, government<br />
and other industry agencies involved<br />
in providing or using business information.<br />
XBRL Components<br />
There are two main components to<br />
XBRL: the XBRL Specification and<br />
the XBRL Taxonomies, including the<br />
underlying linkbases.<br />
1: XBRL Specification<br />
The XBRL technical Specification<br />
provides the fundamental definition<br />
of how XBRL actually works.<br />
The Specification allows software<br />
vendors, programmers and end users<br />
who adopt it as a specification<br />
to enhance the creation, exchange,<br />
and comparison of financial reporting<br />
information. The documentation<br />
of the Specification is published by<br />
XBRL International and is available at<br />
http://www.xbrl.org/Specifications/.<br />
| 91
Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />
2: XBRL Taxonomies<br />
The key to understanding the<br />
benefits of XBRL lays in the notion<br />
of “taxonomies” and it is probably<br />
time for all executives to add „XBRL<br />
Taxonomies“ to their professional<br />
vocabulary.<br />
XBRL taxonomies are basically dictionaries<br />
of business terms and links<br />
to their corresponding linkbases. Not<br />
only does the information become<br />
instantly searchable and retrievable,<br />
but it can also be immediately loaded<br />
into spreadsheets and any number of<br />
software applications for analysis.<br />
“[T]he data is trapped in an iceberg<br />
of paper in these current systems,<br />
and if we could just tag that data it<br />
would be instantly available. That<br />
iceberg would melt, that data would<br />
be freely available, and it would be<br />
accurate, it would be complete, it<br />
would be timely, it would be relevant,<br />
and it would be comparable.”<br />
Alfred Berkeley, former President<br />
Nasdaq, CEO Pipeline Trading, New<br />
York<br />
Figure 2, shows a sample of an original<br />
data item with tagged and linked<br />
explanatory labels that enhance the<br />
user‘s understanding of a data element.<br />
• Label Linkbase: This is a list of common<br />
business reporting term that<br />
Figure 2: Standardized Linked Meta Data Labels Indentify the Meaning and<br />
Validation of Every Disclosure<br />
92 |
is used in general purpose financial<br />
and business reporting statements.<br />
• Presentation Linkbase: This allows<br />
the user to click on a link and see<br />
the information in different views<br />
and different languages.<br />
• Reference Linkbase: This allows for<br />
data items to be linked directly to<br />
items in authoritative literature<br />
such as US GAAP standards or other<br />
authoritative literature.<br />
• Formula Linkbase: This allows one<br />
to set triggers that could give early<br />
warning signals for accounts that<br />
are in trouble with one click of the<br />
mouse. A common way to communicate<br />
and exchange these formulas<br />
among stakeholder<br />
• Context Linkbase: This gives the<br />
XBRL tagged item more information<br />
about the data item, such as<br />
it is a budget number in US dollars<br />
for fiscal year 2008.<br />
• Calculation Linkbase: This explains<br />
from what calculation the number<br />
derives, for example ensuring that<br />
Cash equals Currency plus deposits.<br />
• Other Linkbases: This allows the<br />
author’s of financial and business<br />
reporting data to add or link additional<br />
attributes to a data item.<br />
Companies can provide additional<br />
data definitions, authoritative liter-<br />
Brief description of Sample XBRL<br />
projects worldwide<br />
(in alphabetical order)<br />
Belgium<br />
Since January 2008, XBRL has been<br />
mandatory for all filings of annual<br />
accounts to the National Bank of<br />
Belgium and the project has been<br />
extended to the annual accounts<br />
of the not-for profit sector. The<br />
CBSO (Central Balance Sheet<br />
Office - CBSO) receives currently<br />
more than 90% of all the annual<br />
accounts filed in XBRL format.<br />
Canada<br />
The Canadian Securities Administrators<br />
Voluntary XBRL filing<br />
program is now in effect, XBRL<br />
Canada is working on a taxonomy<br />
that conforms to IFRS.<br />
Chile<br />
Starting 2009 those companies<br />
which are the most actively traded<br />
on the Securities Market will be<br />
required to file their annual financial<br />
statement according to the<br />
international standards. The SVS<br />
XBRL Team has extended the IFRS<br />
taxonomy according its requirements<br />
and the companies would<br />
be filing their returns based on<br />
this taxonomy. The SVS XBRL project<br />
is one of the first XBRL projects<br />
in South America.<br />
| 93
Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />
China<br />
The China Securities Regulatory<br />
Commission has been looking<br />
forward towards adoption of XBRL<br />
for information disclosure of listed<br />
companies since 2002 and has<br />
been joined by the Shanghai Stock<br />
Exchange for the implementation<br />
of XBRL as a reporting standard.<br />
As of April 30, 2009, all the 864<br />
companies listed on the Shanghai<br />
Stock Exchange (SSE) have submitted<br />
their XBRL instances simultaneously<br />
during the disclosure of<br />
the periodical reports of 2008 for<br />
the first time, and included the<br />
aforesaid XBRL instances as part of<br />
the mandatory disclosure.<br />
Denmark<br />
The Danish Commerce and Companies<br />
Agency (DCCD) has been<br />
receiving annual accounts from<br />
companies in XBRL since 2005. A<br />
complete XBRL solution for the<br />
Danish class B annual reports has<br />
been running since the beginning<br />
of 2008. The XBRL Taxonomy in<br />
Denmark has been developed by<br />
the DCCA in co-operation with<br />
both industry and experts.<br />
Germany<br />
Around 425,000 corporations are<br />
filing their annual statements with<br />
the German Bundesanzeiger in<br />
XBRL format since 2007 using the<br />
latest German GAAP taxonomy i.e.<br />
94 |<br />
ature references and more thereby<br />
dramatically increasing the probability<br />
that the user of the financial<br />
data will be able to understand<br />
management’s intent and enhance<br />
comparability.<br />
Building <strong>Trust</strong> with Enhanced Interactive<br />
Disclosure<br />
One thing investors and regulatory<br />
agencies should be able to count<br />
on is that audited financial statements<br />
reported to public repositories<br />
at least add up, but a recent study<br />
undertaken by IRIS Business Services<br />
shows that this is not necessary the<br />
case. In this study by using XBRL it<br />
was discovered that 209 listed Indian<br />
companies had discrepancies in their<br />
reports and that the numbers did not<br />
add up.<br />
This was discovered by converting<br />
over 1,400 listed Indian companies’<br />
primary financial statement<br />
into XBRL using the benefits of the<br />
calculation linkbase as part of the<br />
XBRL International specification that<br />
explains from what calculation the<br />
number derives. It does not really<br />
matter that most of discrepancies<br />
were not material. The very fact that<br />
there are discrepancies is a serious<br />
enough matter.<br />
The errors were discovered in the<br />
course of creating India’s first-ever<br />
corporate fundamentals database in<br />
XBRL. The project used the taxonomy
approved recently by the <strong>Institute</strong><br />
of Chartered Accountants as a first<br />
step toward full-fledged adoption<br />
of XBRL in India. It might be unfair<br />
to simply blame the auditors, as<br />
it is the responsibility of company<br />
managements to get it right, but the<br />
fact that this information has gone<br />
undiscovered for years should raise<br />
the questions, how accurate is the<br />
information reported by companies<br />
to the marketplace.<br />
This “<strong>Trust</strong> <strong>Meltdown</strong> Report” comes<br />
at the time when the Indian capital<br />
marketplace is already being questioned<br />
about its regulatory oversight.<br />
Just recently a leading Indian outsourcing<br />
company Satyam Computer<br />
Services publicly announced that it<br />
had significantly inflated its earnings<br />
and assets for years, consequently<br />
throwing the whole local capital market<br />
into turmoil. Many observers are<br />
now asking whether similar problems<br />
might lie buried elsewhere.<br />
The challenges associated with accurate,<br />
timely financial reporting are<br />
apparent from the number of other<br />
accounting scandals uncovered during<br />
the past few years. These scandals<br />
have been widely reported and the<br />
estimated cost has grown into the<br />
billions of dollars (Economist, 2003).<br />
Restatements of financial results by<br />
public companies soared in 2005 as<br />
auditors were forced to drill deeper<br />
into corporate accounts, in part be-<br />
HGB Taxonomy. The third version<br />
of C&I taxonomy is updated and<br />
GAAP Taxonomy for financial institutions<br />
was finalized and included<br />
into the package.<br />
India<br />
The Securities Exchange Board of<br />
India (SEBI) has mandated the top<br />
100 companies listed on the two<br />
major exchanges viz. the Bombay<br />
Stock Exchange and the National<br />
Stock Exchange, to file their disclosures<br />
through XBRL-based Corpfiling.<br />
In addition to the mandated<br />
100 companies, over 500 companies<br />
are filing voluntarily their<br />
financial in XBRL.<br />
The Reserve Bank of India, India’s<br />
central bank, has launched XBRL<br />
based reporting solution for<br />
capital adequacy returns. All the<br />
scheduled commercial banks which<br />
fall under the purview of Basel<br />
II use this platform. Returns for<br />
fortnightly liquidity position and<br />
the annual financial statements<br />
are in pipeline<br />
The <strong>Institute</strong> of Chartered Accounts<br />
of India has developed<br />
taxonomy for India based on<br />
Indian GAAP. The taxonomy for<br />
Commercial and Industrial sector is<br />
completed and ready for acknowledgement<br />
from XII. The taxonomies<br />
for Banking and Non-Banking<br />
companies are under development<br />
| 95
Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />
Ireland<br />
The Central Statistics Office (CSO)<br />
Ireland has started a pilot to assess<br />
use of XBRL in one of its quarterly<br />
industry surveys. The pilot involved<br />
the creation of XBRL documents of<br />
one of the CSO forms - the Quarterly<br />
Accounts Inquiry to Industry.<br />
The survey covers enterprises with<br />
20 or more persons engaged in the<br />
Mining, Manufacturing and Energy<br />
sectors and reports on changes<br />
in stocks, acquisitions and sales<br />
of capital assets during a quarter.<br />
Seven respondent companies participated<br />
in the pilot and successfully<br />
submitted data electronically<br />
using the XBRL solution.<br />
Japan<br />
Japan also is one the early adopters<br />
of XBRL and had started<br />
voluntary XBRL reporting program<br />
for financial services institutions<br />
gradually expending the range<br />
of reports since 2005. The Financial<br />
Services Agency (FSA) has<br />
implemented a new system which<br />
requires around 5,000 listed companies<br />
and 3,000 mutual funds to<br />
submit their financial information<br />
in the XBRL format.<br />
Korea<br />
As of 2007, all publicly held companies<br />
file financial statements<br />
using XBRL on the electronic filing<br />
system of the Korea Financial su-<br />
96 |<br />
cause of a sharper focus on requirements<br />
laid out by the US Sarbanes-<br />
Oxley Act (Reilly, 2006).<br />
This brings the attention to that a<br />
non-technological solution can go<br />
only so far. This is why the underlying<br />
design of the XBRL technology specification<br />
might be the magic wand to<br />
bring accurate and timely results because<br />
it integrates technologies with<br />
the basic accounting framework.<br />
Using underlying linkbases, XBRL allows<br />
every item defined in a financial<br />
statement to carry multiple attributes,<br />
including the interrelationship<br />
with other elements. This simple, yet<br />
powerful concept of linkbases allows<br />
every accounting element to be<br />
validated before being submitted to<br />
a regulator. Clearly the way financial<br />
and business reporting data is prepared,<br />
communicated and analyzed<br />
today is fundamentally changing.<br />
XBRL is not about the technology. It<br />
is about communicating your financial<br />
and business reporting information,<br />
accurately, effectively and<br />
in real time, to the electronic marketplace.<br />
Give the capital markets<br />
better financial information that<br />
is easier to consume, is more reliable,<br />
and is delivered faster, and the<br />
capital market will respond favorably<br />
with more exposure and lower costs<br />
of capital.
Social Analytics – The Benefits of<br />
Standardization of related context,<br />
presentation, formulas,<br />
and relationships<br />
Standardizing business information,<br />
its context and presentation concepts<br />
are foundational to automating<br />
the exchange of relevant disclosures<br />
between companies and their<br />
stakeholder constituents. As outlined<br />
above, XBRL also enables the<br />
standardization of related formulas<br />
which can be combined into complex<br />
calculations and even analytical<br />
models. The standardization of the<br />
critical information concepts (context,<br />
presentation, formulas, and relationships)<br />
enables third party users<br />
to more effectively access, analyze,<br />
manipulate, share and collaborate.<br />
Current analysis processes are adversely<br />
impacted by physical location<br />
of the information within spreadsheets.<br />
A formula that represents a<br />
simple analytical concept, say ‘Return<br />
on Assets’, would be articulated<br />
based upon the physical location of<br />
the relevant data (e.g. (B2/F2) where<br />
B2 is the cell location of Net Income<br />
and F2 is the cell location for Total<br />
Assets).This physical orientation of<br />
information hinders development,<br />
sharing, reuse and management of<br />
formulas (macros) across spreadsheets,<br />
applications and analysts.<br />
The current physical orientation of<br />
information within spreadsheets<br />
also limits the analyst’s ability to cost<br />
pervisory Commission. The system<br />
allows viewers to see and analyze<br />
a company’s financial statements<br />
in English.<br />
Macedonia<br />
Mr. Fatmir Besimi, head of the<br />
Ministry of Economy in Macedonia<br />
has initiated a study headed<br />
up by a local firm RE-AKTIV DOO<br />
for a nationwide implementation<br />
of the XBRL standard and is<br />
expected to go live in 2010 with<br />
a goal to reduce compliance cost<br />
of companies as well as attract<br />
foreign investment.<br />
Netherlands<br />
Since 2005, one of the largest<br />
XBRL projects was started by<br />
Netherland government with the<br />
aim of decreasing the regulatory<br />
reporting burden on the entities<br />
by 25%. The taxonomy project<br />
covers three major reporting areas<br />
– taxation, annual accounts and<br />
economic statistics. Since Jan 2007,<br />
all the Dutch corporations were<br />
able to submit their data in XBRL<br />
format.<br />
Singapore<br />
The Accounting and Corporate<br />
Regulatory Authority of Singapore<br />
is mandating the filing of<br />
statutory reports in XBRL. Since<br />
November 2007, Singapore-incorporated<br />
companies are required to<br />
| 97
Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />
file their Annual Returns including<br />
financial information XBRL format.<br />
Baring certain types of exempted<br />
companies, all listed and non-listed<br />
companies will be filing in XBRL.<br />
South Africa<br />
The Johannesburg Stock Exchange<br />
developed as a pilot, an XBRL<br />
based filing platform. JSE commissioned<br />
Deloitte SA & IRIS Business<br />
Services (IRIS) for building the<br />
platform. Seven companies, and<br />
the JSE, along with XBRL SA came<br />
together to sponsor this project.<br />
This pilot is also the earliest adaptation<br />
of IFRS 2008 taxonomy.<br />
Spain<br />
The Spanish Stock Exchange has<br />
begun to use XBRL for receiving<br />
and distributing public financial<br />
reports from more than 3,000<br />
listed companies. The Bank of<br />
Spain, central bank, is receiving<br />
regulatory data in XBRL from more<br />
than 400 banks covering more<br />
than 90 % of the Spanish financial<br />
sector. The Bank of Spain has also<br />
developed a Financial Information<br />
Exchange System to support XBRL<br />
reporting by credit institutions.<br />
United Kingdom<br />
Companies House has already<br />
received more than 200,000 accounts<br />
from small companies in<br />
XBRL using an extension to the UK<br />
98 |<br />
effectively share and/or collaborate<br />
with other analysts.<br />
XBRL enables analysts to build<br />
formulas (macros), based upon the<br />
standardized vocabularies. The XBRL<br />
enabled ‘Return on Assets’ formula<br />
will look more like a logical sentence<br />
(eg ‘netincome/totalassets’). In an<br />
XBRL enabled spreadsheet, the software<br />
provides a view of the company<br />
information and executes the analytical<br />
formula based upon the logically<br />
defined information of ‘netincome’<br />
and ‘totalassets’. As a result, analysts<br />
have an enhanced analytical processing<br />
environment in which they can<br />
construct formulas based upon public<br />
taxonomies from both the public-sector<br />
companies and even those unique<br />
taxonomy extensions developed by<br />
the individual analyst.<br />
As with the barcode, standardized<br />
information structures enable greater<br />
levels of automation within business<br />
processes. Some analysts are already<br />
using XBRL to reduce costs and improve<br />
effectiveness of their internal<br />
analytical processes, either through<br />
intermediary offerings or internally<br />
developed applications and products.<br />
Other analysts are applying semantically<br />
based artificial intelligence<br />
agents to make subjective assessments<br />
on narrative disclosures that<br />
are structured in the XBRL format.
Just as html enabled the social networking<br />
collaboration via sites like<br />
Facebook, Wikipedia, and MySpace;<br />
XBRL is enabling social analytics via<br />
EDGAR-Online‘s I-Metrics platform,<br />
Morgan Stanley‘s Modelware, IRIS<br />
Business Service iFile compliance<br />
platform, and PricewaterhouseCoopers<br />
Interactive Data Platform. These<br />
XBRL enabled analytical platforms<br />
provide analysts with a library of<br />
highly reusable analytical models and<br />
formulas and a collaborative method<br />
of sharing new ideas and insights<br />
with other analysts within their organizations<br />
and/or groups.<br />
The enhancement of capital market<br />
transparency is not only relevant<br />
for company disclosures; it is also<br />
relevant for the formulas and models<br />
used to analyze the company disclosures.<br />
Social analytics is a new<br />
level of market transparency that<br />
promotes better communication between<br />
companies and their investors<br />
and collaboration between investors.<br />
These new capabilities work to<br />
enhance the analytical capabilities<br />
of both companies and their stakeholders<br />
and thereby foster trust in<br />
company disclosures.<br />
The bottom line is, if a company is<br />
not on radar screen of the investors,<br />
chances are that the prices would<br />
fall and cost of capital rise. If a stock<br />
exchange’s data system is not easy<br />
accessible to investors, they may drop<br />
GAAP taxonomy. United Kingdom<br />
HRMC Draft Regulations to require<br />
online XBRL Corporation Tax filings<br />
have now been issued and<br />
are open for comment until 31 July<br />
2009. Companies will be required<br />
to file online the Corporation Tax<br />
returns and payments from 2011<br />
in XBRL format. The rules apply to<br />
period ending on April 1, 2010 and<br />
later.<br />
United States<br />
The Securities Exchange Commission<br />
has played a vital role in<br />
accelerating adoption of XBRL in<br />
the US. Voluntary filing program<br />
for XBRLised returns has been<br />
initiated by the exchange in early<br />
years and is moving towards mandatory<br />
filing in a phased manner.<br />
In December 2008, SEC has made<br />
it mandatory for companies above<br />
USD $ 5 Billion as global float, to<br />
file their returns from June 2009<br />
quarter onwards in XBRL format<br />
and around 500 companies are<br />
expected to file XBRLised returns<br />
and over the next couple of years<br />
all companies will be phased in for<br />
a 100 percent compliance. The SEC<br />
is also mandating that all mutual<br />
funds start reporting in XBRL in<br />
2010.<br />
The Federal Financial Institutions<br />
Examination Council in US has<br />
achieved major success with the<br />
use XBRL for regulatory bank<br />
| 99
Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />
reporting. The FFIEC implemented<br />
XBRL-based solution in 2005 for<br />
the filing of call reports which<br />
was used by more than 8000<br />
financial institutions. The results<br />
were phenomenal and showed an<br />
increase from 66% to 95% in data<br />
cleanliness, from 70% to 100% in<br />
accuracy, from weeks to hours in<br />
timeliness, and a 15% rise in the<br />
productivity of analysts.<br />
State Nevada State entered into a<br />
pilot with IRIS Business Services to<br />
use XBRL for debt collection. The<br />
agencies would be using spreadsheets<br />
to send their data to the<br />
state and XBRL would be running<br />
beneath. IRIS together with Nevada<br />
State Controller Kim Wallin<br />
have published a white paper on<br />
State Business Portal which talks<br />
about the need to streamline the<br />
transactions and inter-agency interactions<br />
and the role of XBRL in<br />
building such integrated information<br />
exchange platforms.<br />
100 |<br />
off the radar screens of the investors.<br />
Today’s focus on improving business<br />
reporting and bolstering confidence<br />
in financial capital markets demands<br />
technology that enables rapid and<br />
accurate reporting and analysis of<br />
corporate financial information.<br />
Any capital markets that want to<br />
fulfill its mission of protect investors,<br />
maintain fair, orderly, and efficient<br />
markets, and facilitate capital formation<br />
should adopt XBRL as part of<br />
their filing requirements to boost<br />
investor’s confidence.<br />
The list of benefits could go on. For<br />
now, suffice it to say that executives<br />
have an economic fiduciary responsibility<br />
to learn more about XBRL<br />
and how this powerful information<br />
standard can be used to improve efficiency<br />
of data sharing of financial<br />
and business reporting information.<br />
References<br />
Economist . ( 2003 ) Still counting the cost.<br />
October 2003 .<br />
Reilly , D . ( 2006 ) Sarbanes – Oxley<br />
changes take root. Wall Street Journal, 3<br />
March 2006.
3. Best Practice<br />
3.1. We Need to Watch Risk, Not Size<br />
By Emilio Botin<br />
On September 15 th , contrary to all<br />
expectations, Lehman Brothers, one<br />
of the oldest firms in the sector, collapsed.<br />
The shock wave continued to reverberate<br />
for months and toppled many<br />
other firms throughout the world.<br />
At that time I said that the crisis had<br />
not originated solely in the US or<br />
subprime mortgages; these were factors<br />
that triggered the crisis but did<br />
not cause it.<br />
I pointed out that excesses and a<br />
loss of bearings in an extraordinarily<br />
favourable environment had played a<br />
significant role, leading the banking<br />
industry to forget the basics, which<br />
are:<br />
• The need to know customers very<br />
well.<br />
• Prudence to guard against inappropriate<br />
levels of debt, out of proportion<br />
with the risk in funding them.<br />
• The appropriate valuation of all<br />
risks taken on.<br />
• And the existence of economic and<br />
financial cycles.<br />
Fourteen months after the fall of<br />
Lehman Brothers we can state that<br />
the forceful, swift and coordinated<br />
response of the authorities prevented<br />
the system as a whole from collapsing<br />
and provided a safety net.<br />
The leadership of Governments and<br />
Central Banks throughout the world<br />
has fostered a return of confidence.<br />
Businesses and families are receiving<br />
clear signs of firm commitment from<br />
governments and institutions to seek<br />
the most appropriate solutions and<br />
prevent the recurrence of episodes<br />
such as those experienced in this<br />
crisis.<br />
The effort at the international level<br />
allows today, for the first time since<br />
the crisis set in, room for a certain<br />
degree of optimism.<br />
Central banks and governments:<br />
• have lowered interest rates,<br />
• have injected liquidity in extraordinary<br />
amounts and conditions,<br />
• have promoted ambitious fiscal<br />
plans,<br />
• have helped to re-establish the solvency<br />
of financial institutions, and<br />
• have facilitated corporate transactions<br />
for institutions that were not<br />
viable.<br />
As a result of these measures:<br />
• The major economies are showing<br />
signs of recovery. In particular,<br />
certain emerging countries are<br />
| 101
Best Practice<br />
performing very well and will play<br />
a very significant role in the future.<br />
• Equities markets have returned to<br />
the levels registered prior to the<br />
collapse of Lehman Brothers and<br />
credit spreads have reduced significantly.<br />
• And the financial system as a whole<br />
is operating smoothly although<br />
there is still some way to go.<br />
Now that we have come through the<br />
most critical stages of the crisis, it is<br />
time to look further and think about<br />
the challenges to be tackled.<br />
We have before us a golden opportunity<br />
to lay the foundations of the<br />
future financial system.<br />
The international authorities, led by<br />
the G-20, are playing a decisive role<br />
in designing a supervisory and regulatory<br />
framework that will guarantee<br />
a financial system characterised both<br />
nationally and internationally by:<br />
• its capacity to foster and stimulate<br />
economic growth<br />
• its strength,<br />
• its efficiency<br />
• its transparency<br />
• the absence of distortions in competition<br />
• and as a source of stability and<br />
competitiveness for the economy.<br />
These are the factors that I feel are<br />
fundamental to achieving these<br />
objectives:<br />
102 |<br />
• the need to strike a balance between<br />
supervision and regulation,<br />
• the correct definition of capital and<br />
liquidity requirements,<br />
• the treatment of systemic risk.<br />
Balance between supervision and<br />
regulation<br />
We should not ignore the fact that<br />
the banking systems that have best<br />
withstood the crisis are precisely<br />
those where there is closer banking<br />
supervision and greater foresight.<br />
Therefore, to avoid future crises, the<br />
solutions regime must focus on both<br />
supervisory and regulatory issues.<br />
As pointed out by the De Larosière<br />
Report, incorporated by the European<br />
Commission in its proposals, two<br />
aspects must be reinforced:<br />
• local or national supervision<br />
• and the spread of best international<br />
practices.<br />
Monitoring banks through daily<br />
supervision and in-depth knowledge<br />
is key to ensuring the correct application<br />
of regulation.<br />
National supervision must be:<br />
• Rigorous and strict<br />
• Intrusive and close<br />
• With inspectors physically present<br />
in major head offices<br />
• Local in terms of knowledge of financial<br />
practices and the economic<br />
realities of the country, and
• With the foresight to redress situations<br />
that could lead to serious<br />
risks.<br />
Furthermore, good national supervision<br />
must be aligned with the best<br />
international practices.<br />
In the case of the European Union,<br />
if we want supervision to be effective<br />
and binding for the different<br />
national supervisors, supervisory decisions<br />
must be consistent among the<br />
various supervisors.<br />
I consider as appropriate the European<br />
Commission’s proposal to create:<br />
• on the one hand, a European Systemic<br />
Risk Board to detect risks in<br />
the financial system and anticipate<br />
them whilst at the same time issuing<br />
recommendations and warnings,<br />
• and on the other hand, a European<br />
System of Financial Supervisors<br />
made up of Colleges of Supervisors<br />
and three European Supervisory<br />
Authorities, representing<br />
o Banks,<br />
o Insurers,<br />
o and Securities Brokers.<br />
This European System of Financial<br />
Supervisors should take on a series of<br />
new responsibilities, of which I would<br />
like to highlight four:<br />
1. Developing technical proposals, in<br />
accordance with the principles of<br />
better regulation.<br />
2. Resolving discrepancies among<br />
national supervisors.<br />
3. Helping to guarantee the consistent<br />
application of the rules.<br />
4. And coordinating emergencies.<br />
The advances taking place in Europe<br />
must, in turn, be coordinated with<br />
those of other countries. Both the US<br />
and UK are taking important steps.<br />
The role being performed by the<br />
Financial Stability Board is central to<br />
this task.<br />
Only by striking the right balance<br />
between appropriate regulation and<br />
strict, harmonised supervision at a<br />
national and international level will<br />
we be able to design the foundations<br />
of the new international financial<br />
system.<br />
Capital and Liquidity<br />
Therefore, as part of this reflection<br />
process we must pay particularly<br />
close attention to the regulation of<br />
capital.<br />
One of the most important lessons to<br />
be learned from this crisis is that we<br />
must not underestimate risk. But we<br />
should similarly not tip the scales too<br />
far the other way and indiscriminately<br />
establish greater capital requirements<br />
that will undoubtedly affect<br />
the cost of lending and access to<br />
credit.<br />
| 103
Best Practice<br />
I do agree with the idea that “more<br />
risk means more capital” and that<br />
greater capital requirements should<br />
be made, for example, in trading<br />
activities or re-securitisations.<br />
I also feel it is important that we<br />
continue to move towards aligning<br />
definitions and capital ratios. In this<br />
respect, the work being carried out<br />
by the Basle Committee in response<br />
to the decisions adopted by the G-20<br />
is very positive.<br />
Another lesson to be learned from<br />
this crisis is the importance of liquidity,<br />
which has been the cause of<br />
major difficulties for many financial<br />
institutions.<br />
For years we lived in a world of<br />
excess liquidity and in all probability<br />
did not pay it the attention it warranted.<br />
But today, liquidity is once again a<br />
priority.<br />
And once again, the problem is not<br />
necessarily resolved through greater<br />
regulation. Here, the role of the<br />
supervisor is also key.<br />
The reason is clear: liquidity levels<br />
must respond to the structure of the<br />
balance sheet and the business model<br />
of each bank. Who knows these aspects<br />
of the bank better than its own<br />
supervisor?<br />
104 |<br />
In my opinion, it is important that<br />
the definition of liquidity should not<br />
be governed by purely quantitative<br />
criteria.<br />
It should also encompass a sufficiently<br />
broad base of assets. If banks concentrate<br />
their liquidity positions in a<br />
limited number of assets, we would<br />
trigger the opposite effect: that is,<br />
we would neutralise their character<br />
as liquid assets and create distortions<br />
in the market.<br />
In short, the financial system of the<br />
future must be grounded in effective<br />
supervision and appropriate regulation<br />
that does not cause an indiscriminate<br />
tightening of requirements that<br />
would be counterproductive.<br />
The authorities must take into account<br />
the added impact of implementing<br />
all the measures on the<br />
table which could, in the opinion of<br />
some international experts, be very<br />
negative.<br />
The third aspect we have to tackle is<br />
systemic risk and the size of banks<br />
Systemic risk has played a significant<br />
role in the crisis and logically a significant<br />
portion of current institutional<br />
efforts is focused on establishing<br />
riteria to limit this risk in the future.<br />
However, at the initial stages the<br />
debate was oversimplified by the<br />
focus on size as the decisive element
of systemic risk. But Size is not the<br />
problem.<br />
Studies and recent experience indicate<br />
that, when analyzing systemic<br />
risk, special attention should be<br />
placed on:<br />
• The interconnection of institutions<br />
• The complexity of financial products<br />
and groups<br />
• Deficient risk management<br />
• Excessive leverage<br />
• The concentration of short-term<br />
maturities<br />
• Failings in corporate governance,<br />
and finally,<br />
• Inappropriate business models.<br />
Moreover, the joint Guidance that<br />
the Financial Stability Board, the<br />
International Monetary Fund and the<br />
Bank of International Settlements<br />
have recently published to assess<br />
the Systemic Importance of Financial<br />
Institutions, stresses that, while<br />
quantitative approaches can provide<br />
useful inputs to the assessment, they<br />
cannot substitute for the authorities’<br />
intimate knowledge of the institutions<br />
under their scope.<br />
In any case, limiting or penalising<br />
the size of banks through greater<br />
regulatory capital requirements will<br />
not solve the problem. It could even<br />
have adverse consequences, such as<br />
creating an unlevel playing field and<br />
harming financial flows towards the<br />
real economy.<br />
Furthermore, large international<br />
banks are necessary:<br />
• They increase access to and the<br />
appropriate distribution of funds in<br />
the economy. They lower the cost<br />
of financial transactions and offer a<br />
wider range of services to consumers.<br />
• They play a fundamental role in offering<br />
financial services to multinational<br />
companies.<br />
• Size allows for diversification in<br />
terms of markets, and therefore,<br />
reduces the global risk of the bank.<br />
• The international expansion of major<br />
banks in emerging countries has<br />
contributed to the development of<br />
their financial systems.<br />
• Size could indeed be key during a<br />
crisis: only the large well-managed<br />
banks have been able to bail out<br />
struggling banks, helping to reduce<br />
systemic risk in the current crisis.<br />
What we must monitor, and restrict if<br />
necessary, is excess risk; not size for<br />
the sake of size.<br />
There are banks such as Banco<br />
Santander, which is large but which<br />
has a simple structure and business<br />
model. Therefore, size should not be<br />
confused with complexity or risk.<br />
In this respect, the international<br />
business expansion model applied<br />
is particularly important. At Banco<br />
Santander, we believe there are clear<br />
advantages to a model of affiliates<br />
| 105
Best Practice<br />
that are independent in terms of<br />
capital and liquidity.<br />
This structure allows for:<br />
• The conduct of business through<br />
a fully domestic bank subject to<br />
national regulation and monitored<br />
by the local supervisor,<br />
• The confidence and advantages of<br />
a local bank for customers, and<br />
• A system of firewalls between the<br />
group’s units that neutralises contagion<br />
among them and halts the<br />
expansion of systemic risk.<br />
The affiliates’ structure is compatible<br />
with the European vision of an<br />
integrated financial market.<br />
In Banco Santander, we have an<br />
increasingly integrated “back office”<br />
that creates synergies in areas such as<br />
technology and operations, with unified<br />
structures in basic areas such as<br />
Risk, Audit and Sales Management.<br />
This allows us to continuously improve<br />
efficiency, productivity and<br />
commercial competitiveness, hand in<br />
hand with our affiliates’ structure.<br />
Recently, the debate about being<br />
“Too Big To Fail” has been focusing<br />
precisely on the creation of a system<br />
that would allow a large bank to fall<br />
without provoking systemic risk. And<br />
to achieve this objective, the corporate<br />
structure of the bank is also<br />
crucial.<br />
106 |<br />
It is also necessary to look in greater<br />
depth at two very important factors:<br />
• The drawing up of plans for the<br />
orderly dismantling of banks, so<br />
called “living wills” and<br />
• The definition of legal frameworks<br />
to intervene in banks in the event<br />
of a crisis (resolution regimes).<br />
The development of these two instruments<br />
eliminates the moral hazard of<br />
banks that are too important to fail.<br />
As well as permitting the ‘ordered<br />
dismantling of banks’, ‘living wills’<br />
also:<br />
• Require the bank to carry out an<br />
in-depth examination of its reality<br />
and its structure.<br />
• And will provide the supervisor<br />
with detailed information, which<br />
must remain confidential.<br />
These plans must accompanied by an<br />
appropriately designed legal framework<br />
to intervene in banks in the<br />
event of a crisis. It must be appropriate<br />
at a domestic level and also be in<br />
line with international protocols for<br />
cross-border banks.<br />
I will highlight two characteristics<br />
that I feel are essential for these<br />
plans to achieve their objectives:<br />
• they must respect the legal independence<br />
of firms and preclude the<br />
transfer of assets between units as<br />
a compensatory mechanism.<br />
It is precisely this structure –
through units that are autonomous<br />
in terms of capital and liquidity<br />
– that limits systemic risk.<br />
It would make absolutely no sense<br />
to break down the firewall and<br />
trigger the domino effect we are<br />
seeking to avoid.<br />
• And in the case of transnational<br />
banks, the resolution regime must<br />
clearly and expressly establish the<br />
distribution of burdens between<br />
countries.<br />
In accordance with this premise, a<br />
correct diagnosis of systemic risk capable<br />
of reducing it without entailing<br />
undesired costs is central when it<br />
comes to designing the financial<br />
system of the future.<br />
However, this endeavour should not<br />
fall solely to the authorities leading<br />
the change towards the New International<br />
Financial System.<br />
Financial institutions must also think<br />
about what our role and contribution<br />
should be. At Banco Santander we<br />
are doing just that.<br />
We have been monitoring this crisis<br />
day by day.<br />
We have analysed the most significant<br />
events as well as details that are<br />
apparently less important. All with a<br />
fundamental aim:<br />
detecting any weakness in our<br />
business model that could make it<br />
vulnerable in this or other crises.<br />
And the conclusion we have reached<br />
is that some of our defining features<br />
have proved to be decisive factors in<br />
tackling the difficult period we are<br />
currently experiencing.<br />
In other words, our retail banking<br />
business model has been reinforced<br />
and has proven to be much more<br />
resilient than others.<br />
I would like to highlight some of the<br />
defining features of our model:<br />
• A clear and transparent balance<br />
sheet, with no toxic assets.<br />
• A focus on retail banking that provides<br />
greater stability and highly<br />
recurrent profits.<br />
• Geographical diversification in<br />
around a dozen major markets that<br />
allows us in turn to diversify risks<br />
and balance the impact of the various<br />
economies’ relative positions in<br />
the cycle.<br />
• An international structure based on<br />
affiliates, subject to local supervision<br />
and with full independence<br />
in terms of capital and liquidity.<br />
And…<br />
• Strong corporate governance that<br />
pays particularly close attention to<br />
risks and takes a medium to long<br />
term view of matters, always with<br />
a view to creating sustainable value<br />
for shareholders.<br />
| 107
Best Practice<br />
108 |<br />
Conclusion<br />
• Efficient supervision is a key element<br />
to make the system secure<br />
and solid. We must move towards<br />
implementing and coordinating<br />
practices that have proven to be<br />
the most effective.<br />
• Limiting systemic risk must be a<br />
clear objective of the new international<br />
financial framework. And<br />
it should not necessarily be linked<br />
to the size of banks. Living wills<br />
and resolution regimes can make a<br />
very positive contribution towards<br />
reducing this risk.<br />
• We need a financial system that<br />
fulfils its role in the economy. An<br />
efficient and competitive banking<br />
industry is a fundamental tool,<br />
enabling economic agents to move<br />
towards sustained growth, with<br />
improved productivity and greater<br />
competitiveness.<br />
We are currently facing a challenge<br />
that we must tackle decisively and<br />
with an open mind. The financial<br />
community has made mistakes.<br />
The best way to avoid them in the<br />
future is to design a financial system<br />
of which we can be proud. And this<br />
responsibility falls to all involved:<br />
authorities, banks, regulators and<br />
supervisors.<br />
We need a robust financial system<br />
without cracks that instils confidence<br />
in society and facilitates economic<br />
recovery.
3.2. Sustainable Investment<br />
By Joachim Faber<br />
One might question how the issue<br />
of sustainability has to be discussed<br />
shortly after the world has almost<br />
collapsed 14 months ago and people<br />
are still struggling in their day to<br />
day needs and their very short term<br />
agenda.<br />
First of all, I think we clearly need to<br />
put this in the framework of what<br />
happened in the last 18 months and<br />
what has caused the crisis. I would<br />
probably argue that it was the lack of<br />
sustainable thinking and of sustainable<br />
business behaviour which has<br />
caused this financial crisis.<br />
The roots of the problem lay in the<br />
US housing market and a not sustainable<br />
monetary policy. If you look at<br />
the US housing market, you understand<br />
that, through a well-meant<br />
legislation of the Clinton administration,<br />
the community housing act<br />
built a foreseeable bubble. It was<br />
wonderful for someone who wanted<br />
to be re-elected after four years but<br />
it was not that great for a sustainable<br />
development of the industry. It<br />
was also not great for a sustainable<br />
development of affordable housing,<br />
because everybody who got their<br />
arms around a house, he/she thought<br />
was affordable, is now about to lose<br />
it.<br />
Also, one of the roots of this crisis<br />
was an unsustainable US monetary<br />
policy in the earlier years of this<br />
decade. The interest rate policy was<br />
driven mainly by political objectives<br />
to calm the nation after September<br />
11th and make sure that, after the ’98<br />
Russia and LTCM crisis, the economy<br />
continued to flourish. I believe that<br />
the European Central Bank has done<br />
a much, much better job in this<br />
regard.<br />
Furthermore, there has been patchy<br />
regulation and supervision that failed<br />
to identify risks in due time. A higher<br />
degree of international integrated<br />
supervision would have helped in<br />
detecting systemic risks. We also<br />
have seen product innovation which<br />
was far from having any connection<br />
to sustainable client value creation.<br />
Complex and in-transparent financial<br />
products (due to the rapid evolution<br />
of Information and financial markets<br />
technology) and short-term incentive<br />
systems were certainly the most<br />
prominent failures of capital market<br />
participants.<br />
I know that this is heavily debated<br />
but I am convinced that functioning<br />
financial and capital markets are essential<br />
for the recovery. Furthermore<br />
global markets are a pre-requisite<br />
| 109
Best Practice<br />
for further economic growth in the<br />
developed world a basis for the fight<br />
against poverty and the continuous<br />
development of the developing<br />
world. The rules of capitalism, especially<br />
the free flow of capital independent<br />
of national borders, have<br />
been blamed already ahead of the financial<br />
meltdown – not to talk about<br />
the last 18 months. But is it really the<br />
case that properly functioning capital<br />
markets drive short-term thinking?<br />
Do they fundamentally contradict the<br />
principle of sustainability – defined<br />
as creating a business for the long<br />
term?<br />
I think on the contrary that the world<br />
has changed fundamentally and a<br />
fresh perspective is needed. By that I<br />
mean:<br />
• The German reunification, causing<br />
Germany to have to import capital,<br />
after having been a net exporter of<br />
capital for many years.<br />
• The creation and integration of a<br />
European single market.<br />
• The internet, which gives customers<br />
unparalleled means by which<br />
they can inform themselves and<br />
compare companies’ offerings to a<br />
previously unknown degree.<br />
• There is a shared recognition that<br />
our demographic changes are<br />
demanding more funded pension<br />
systems with capital market exposure<br />
as their lifeblood<br />
.<br />
110 |<br />
In my eyes, these root causes had<br />
fundamentally changed not only<br />
the political and economic agenda,<br />
but also the way we should evaluate<br />
capital markets long before the<br />
financial meltdown. I would not<br />
hesitate to call these economic drivers<br />
an “agenda-setter” for the political<br />
dialogue on capital markets. My<br />
question is: have both, public perception<br />
and the media commentary on<br />
capital markets, adequately reflected<br />
this change? Or are we witnessing a<br />
discussion in which justified criticism<br />
towards specific negative effects of<br />
capital markets places a dark cloud<br />
over the entire financial system?<br />
At a macro-economic level, there is<br />
no doubt whatsoever that the global<br />
exchange of goods and<br />
capital is a prerequisite for our economic<br />
growth and thus for funding<br />
our social systems in Western Europe.<br />
The internal demand for goods and<br />
services alone would not generate<br />
sufficient and sustainable capital<br />
investments and new jobs. Likewise,<br />
the free flow of capital and a liberal<br />
regulatory environment are important<br />
for corporations. Nearly all large<br />
German companies depend on a<br />
global capital markets. In fact, more<br />
than two-thirds (66%) of the value<br />
that the DAX 30 companies generate<br />
for their shareholders is generated<br />
outside of Germany. As an example<br />
it is noteworthy that, at Allianz, the<br />
capital management of German life
insurance policies takes place way<br />
outside our national borders – in<br />
California, at a subsidiary of Allianz<br />
Global Investors, PIMCO. The same<br />
applies for companies exploring<br />
cost benefits, financing their capital<br />
needs, serving a global customer<br />
base, or having shareholders outside<br />
their home country; in other words,<br />
all companies.<br />
And this is not just driven by opportunities;<br />
there is also the growing<br />
threat of a takeover – friendly or<br />
unfriendly – that forces companies to<br />
find strategic partners, merge their<br />
operations, or dispose of entities that<br />
do not support their core business.<br />
One example of this in Germany is<br />
Linde. By merging with BOC, Linde<br />
has become the global market leader<br />
in its field, immunized itself against<br />
a possible takeover by private equity<br />
firms, and increased its attractiveness<br />
to investors (who are increasingly<br />
interested only in “top-three” businesses).<br />
Not every company today is<br />
ready to respond to this, however.<br />
In the German corporate landscape,<br />
there still are structural barriers, such<br />
as owners who have to look after<br />
political stakeholders. The encouraging<br />
news is that these obstacles<br />
are shrinking rather than growing.<br />
Unfortunately, speculators – such as<br />
proprietary traders, some private equity<br />
players, and some hedge funds<br />
– are interested only in quick gains,<br />
which can harm investors and inhibit<br />
sustainable developments and gains<br />
for the majority of other market<br />
participants. In addition, there are<br />
speculators in the markets that buy<br />
large companies simply to break<br />
them up and sell the parts, which<br />
results in laying-off thousands of<br />
people. While this is unpleasant, of<br />
course, sometimes business divestitures<br />
are necessary to provide better<br />
long-term results for the industry, the<br />
market, and the consumers.<br />
Nevertheless, though capital markets<br />
can be volatile, they are, in fact, key<br />
drivers – if not a prerequisite – for<br />
sustainability. Simply by selling the<br />
stock or by threatening to do so,<br />
investors – namely the fund industry<br />
– have the power to enforce necessary<br />
changes in a company. As a large<br />
investor, Allianz Global Investors<br />
does this regularly in face-to-face<br />
meetings with management. (By the<br />
way, we prefer communicating in<br />
face-to-face meetings rather than<br />
“making noise” at Annual Shareholder<br />
Meetings because the latter can<br />
be quite harmful to the very stock<br />
we are trying to support.) Long-term<br />
investors often function as important<br />
catalysts, triggering senior management<br />
to engage in essential initiatives<br />
and sustainable change. Change<br />
does not always come naturally.<br />
Sometimes change has to be forced<br />
on the management – and capital<br />
markets provide a very efficient, fair,<br />
| 111
Best Practice<br />
and transparent way of encouraging<br />
change. Similarly, private equity investors<br />
and hedge funds (the famous<br />
“Locusts”) are often instrumental in<br />
providing liquidity to the market and<br />
helping struggling companies. Many<br />
of the IPOs around the world would<br />
not be possible – or would only happen<br />
at undervalued prices – if hedge<br />
funds did not buy large amounts of<br />
IPO shares at public offerings. The<br />
depth of today’s derivative markets<br />
would not exist without hedge<br />
funds. Thus, responsible hedge fund<br />
managers can, by all means, help create<br />
sustainable values in the market<br />
place. The majority of private equity<br />
firms create value for the economy,<br />
employees, and society when they<br />
buy almost-bankrupt companies and<br />
restructure them.<br />
Furthermore, private equity funds are<br />
often instrumental in helping with<br />
leadership succession in privatelyheld<br />
companies; for example, German<br />
“Mittelstand” companies that<br />
are family owned, but whose heirs<br />
choose not to inherit the business. I<br />
firmly believe that, capital markets<br />
are the only sustainable solution for<br />
the most urgent societal problems<br />
that we face today.<br />
Primary among these is the need<br />
to create a solution for our old age<br />
pension problem. As we all know, the<br />
state pension system and the corporate<br />
pension systems are unable to<br />
112 |<br />
cope with the demographic development<br />
in Germany. Think about the<br />
fact, that two-thirds of all people<br />
who ever reached 65 years of age<br />
are alive today. And, given all of the<br />
medical improvements we are lucky<br />
enough to enjoy, the trend towards<br />
an aging society is by no means over<br />
yet.<br />
Consequently, it is up to the individual<br />
to take care of his or her<br />
needs. Some see this as a threat; others<br />
welcome this new dimension of<br />
personal freedom that was withheld<br />
from most people for so long. But<br />
how can we make people responsible<br />
for their old age pension when we<br />
do not, at the same time, make the<br />
capital markets’ mechanics and opportunities<br />
available to them? There<br />
are an estimated 1000-billion Euros<br />
of pension assets in Germany. An<br />
outperformance of a mere 10 basis<br />
points would mean 1-billion Euros.<br />
Just think how many thousands of<br />
pensions we could finance with that<br />
kind of money. Of course, opportunities<br />
are paired with risks and, all too<br />
often, fear. But risks only end in fear<br />
when people have no means of finding<br />
the right balance between opportunities<br />
and risks. And this leads me<br />
to my next request: we need better<br />
education on economics.<br />
Increasing Germans’ understanding<br />
of capital markets is the only way to<br />
alleviate fear of capital markets and
is a good way to avoid a good portion<br />
of speculative traps and bubbles.<br />
People say, Germans are great at<br />
saving money (in savings accounts)<br />
and at speculating with high-risk<br />
capital market instruments, but they<br />
are lousy at long-term investing. The<br />
fact is, Germans do not save enough<br />
money for their retirement and the<br />
money they do save does not provide<br />
the necessary returns (simply to<br />
counter-balance inflation). Thus, we<br />
are heading towards some serious<br />
problems.<br />
With an average inflation of two percent<br />
over the past ten years and an<br />
average return on cash and bank deposits<br />
of between 0.5 percent and 2.2<br />
percent, the 36 percent of personal<br />
financial assets which are invested in<br />
this financial instrument here in Germany<br />
cannot feasibly contribute to<br />
retirement provisions. In comparison,<br />
in the US, only 16 percent of personal<br />
financial assets are invested in such<br />
low-yield financial instruments.<br />
The asset classes that actually yield<br />
the returns needed in Germany, such<br />
as bonds, stocks, and mutual funds<br />
– and in which Americans invest 51<br />
percent of their Personal Financial<br />
Assets – Germans do not trust. Only<br />
33 percent of Germany’s PFAs are invested<br />
in such instruments. The main<br />
reasons often quoted in the press<br />
are “a need for security,” “caution,”<br />
and “risk adversity.” Well, in my<br />
experience, it is perhaps a combination<br />
of the three, but above all, the<br />
main cause is a fundamental lack of<br />
education. Most Germans simply do<br />
not understand risks, returns, and<br />
financial markets and therefore do<br />
not invest in financial products. Thus<br />
far, Germans have not had to worry<br />
about their retirement, as there<br />
were always government pensions.<br />
With the loss of this security blanket,<br />
however, Germans are suddenly<br />
confronted with the reality of having<br />
to take care of their own retirement<br />
and they do not know what to do.<br />
On top of this is another trend:<br />
Germans tend to invest in the wrong<br />
asset classes. Over time, we have seen<br />
that Germans somehow manage to<br />
invest into those asset classes that<br />
are about to go down. This can be<br />
observed in both stocks and bonds.<br />
Research shows that it does not<br />
matter whether one invests at the<br />
market high or low since, over the<br />
long run, returns are stable. But, if<br />
investors move their money around<br />
and continually invest in asset classes<br />
at their peak, wait for the drop and<br />
then take their money out, well, this<br />
is a certain way to loose money.<br />
Furthermore, if you think about<br />
demographic changes and about<br />
climate change, none of these issues<br />
can be mastered without functioning<br />
capital markets. Demographic<br />
changes and the results on ageing<br />
| 113
Best Practice<br />
societies and the funding of the old<br />
age pensions, which have to be paid<br />
out, by larger and increasing older<br />
generations is not feasible if it is not<br />
based on a well founded mechanism<br />
backed by papers generated by the<br />
capital markets. You will also not be<br />
able to see the world governments<br />
affording all the investments you<br />
need to mitigate climate change in<br />
order to reduce CO2 reductions.<br />
There are some estimates which<br />
range from 500 to 900 billion US<br />
dollars per year until 2050 and if you<br />
look at world market capitalisation<br />
of global trade flow, you realise that<br />
is not manageable by governments<br />
or the public sector alone. A declaration<br />
of goodwill from countries like<br />
China and the US in Copenhagen is<br />
simply not enough. You need the<br />
binding framework for the private<br />
sector in order to start making the<br />
necessary investments into renewable<br />
energies, into those sectors that need<br />
to be developed and which will be a<br />
source for growth in the next couple<br />
of years.<br />
The G20 have already designed their<br />
recommendations on how capital<br />
markets need to change. This framework,<br />
however, has been out there<br />
for nine months and very little has<br />
been translated into legislation. The<br />
question should be what an individual<br />
firm can do in order to help<br />
sustainable development on one side<br />
114 |<br />
but on the other side of course to<br />
stay within the frame of its mandate,<br />
which is making money for shareholders.<br />
I firmly believe that those<br />
two things are not conflicting with<br />
each other, but that only a company<br />
which is following a sustainable<br />
business model will, long-term, also<br />
create value for shareholders. We are<br />
pushing hard, that the governments<br />
of the world are now really willing<br />
to provide the framework which<br />
would immediately sponsor a large<br />
avalanche of private investments into<br />
renewable energies.<br />
To make sure that the financial sector<br />
as well as capital markets are better<br />
understood, we have now engaged,<br />
in a financial literacy project which is<br />
meant to educate and support education<br />
around the world at schools for<br />
the young generation in understanding<br />
what it means to have functioning<br />
or dysfunctioning capital markets.<br />
Each country needs to invest in<br />
capital markets education. It must be<br />
made clear that properly functioning,<br />
efficient capital markets are not at<br />
odds with sustainability and, ultimately,<br />
a lively market contributes<br />
to a healthy society. People need to<br />
understand how investing works and<br />
how they can accumulate enough<br />
money during their lifetime so secure<br />
for their old age. Only through education<br />
can people harvest the benefits<br />
of capital markets and understand<br />
the principle of sustainability.
There are already quite a number of<br />
companies issuing separate sustainability<br />
reports trying to increase the<br />
interest in this area and their activities.<br />
And as a comparable measure,<br />
we, as investors, do look at the Dow<br />
Jones sustainability index, a standardization<br />
that allows us to compare<br />
one company with the other. For us,<br />
at Allianz, we also are an issuer i.e.<br />
rated about our sustainability and we<br />
do care quite a bit about it. We are<br />
trying to come out in the financial<br />
sector among the top three places. At<br />
the moment, this sustainability index<br />
is a rough benchmark but a pretty<br />
helpful one.<br />
In conclusion, capital markets have<br />
throughout history been the driving<br />
force behind growth, innovation<br />
and human advancement. Functioning<br />
capital markets and individual<br />
sustainable business strategy will<br />
prove to be the important drivers<br />
for a prosperous future. I strongly<br />
believe that the media agenda in the<br />
coming years should include the topic<br />
of re-establishing trust in sustainable<br />
global capital markets.<br />
| 115
Best Practice<br />
3.3. Lessons from the Microfinance Sector:<br />
Building <strong>Trust</strong> Through Information<br />
By Scott Gaul<br />
Imagine the following scenario: an<br />
entire sector of financial institutions<br />
lending solely to low-income individuals<br />
without requiring the conventional<br />
safeguards of collateral and<br />
proper documentation. A superheated<br />
investment climate pushes the<br />
lending institutions to package these<br />
loans into a set of increasingly sophisticated<br />
financial instruments and<br />
sell them to investors. Many of the<br />
institutions are unregulated. Does<br />
this sound familiar? It may sound like<br />
a recipe for disaster. But this isn’t the<br />
subprime lending market. It’s microfinance.<br />
The parallels have not gone<br />
unnoticed.<br />
Microfinance institutions (MFIs) have<br />
made a business of working with the<br />
unbanked for decades, developing<br />
new lending and saving strategies<br />
tailored to the needs of the poor. As<br />
the sector has garnered increasing<br />
commercial interest, microfinance<br />
practitioners have been working on<br />
initiatives designed to address and<br />
prevent the types of excess seen in<br />
the subprime sector.<br />
The novel aspects of microfinance<br />
mean the sector has faced many challenges<br />
building trust with a range<br />
of stakeholders. As microfinance<br />
116 |<br />
institutions increasingly integrate<br />
into global financial sectors, there is<br />
no better time to explore past lessons<br />
learned and to explore future<br />
directions. Open data and robust<br />
technology standards for information<br />
exchange (XBRL in particular) are<br />
critical to supporting healthy microfinance<br />
sectors and improving the<br />
quality and availability of financial<br />
services for the poor. This article<br />
will explore some ways in which the<br />
microfinance sector has used information<br />
to build and maintain trust<br />
along many dimensions, and one<br />
possible future direction for cementing<br />
that trust.<br />
Building trust in the idea<br />
Microfinance differs from traditional<br />
financial services 2 in that it has very<br />
recently faced and continues to face<br />
real existential challenges. Early<br />
questions about the sustainability of<br />
microfinance pushed practitioners<br />
to build trust in the idea of microfinance.<br />
How can financial services be<br />
sustainably delivered to the poor?<br />
Practitioners, development professionals,<br />
policy-makers, investors, and<br />
ultimately, clients, needed to be<br />
convinced of Mohammad Yunus’ dictum<br />
that ‘the poor always pay back.’<br />
(And similarly, in the words of Stuart
Rutherford and others, ‘the poor can<br />
save’.)<br />
Open, public data from microfinance<br />
institutions was critical to building<br />
trust in these ideas. How high are<br />
repayment rates, really? The proof<br />
that ‘the poor always pay back’ relies<br />
on disclosure by microfinance institutions<br />
of sensitive information on<br />
repayment rates, agreed-upon global<br />
reporting standards and a robust<br />
enough sample to make the argument<br />
meaningful. Anecdotes and<br />
fuzzy figures would not suffice. The<br />
need to build trust from very early<br />
on fortunately means that such data<br />
continues to be easily available.<br />
Financial reporting has been the<br />
backbone of building this information<br />
base. Since microfinance services<br />
are delivered through financial institutions,<br />
we have been able to make<br />
leverage existing financial reporting<br />
standards. However, microfinance<br />
practitioners also want to track the<br />
human component of financial services<br />
– counting people, not just dollars.<br />
If a bank makes a loan, to whom<br />
are they making that loan? A man,<br />
a woman, someone living below the<br />
poverty line? Did the loan make their<br />
life better or worse? This has led to<br />
adjustments to traditional financial<br />
reporting standards and the development<br />
of new reporting frameworks<br />
to meet the specific needs of the<br />
microfinance sector. For example,<br />
organizations such as SEEP and CGAP<br />
promote reporting standards and disclosure<br />
guidelines tailored to microfinance<br />
context. 3<br />
In addition, microfinance practitioners<br />
needed ways to exchange best<br />
practices, innovations and lessons<br />
learned. The roots of microfinance<br />
extend to multiple places around<br />
the globe and there are now microfinance<br />
institutions operating in<br />
well over 100 countries. What works<br />
in one place or at one time, may or<br />
may not work in another. Key innovations<br />
– solidarity group lending,<br />
low-balance savings accounts – need<br />
to be continually shared and refined.<br />
Again, open exchange of information<br />
has been a pillar supporting this<br />
need.<br />
To provide the information needed<br />
to build trust in these ideas, microfinance<br />
practitioners focused on<br />
support for institutional information<br />
disclosure and benchmarking. As part<br />
of this initiative, the Microfinance<br />
Information Exchange (MIX) was<br />
formed as an independent nonprofit<br />
organization to manage these<br />
functions as a global public good<br />
for the microfinance sector. MIX’s<br />
early benchmarks used a sample of<br />
standardized scrubbed data from a<br />
small sample of leading institutions.<br />
In 1999, for instance, 48 institutions<br />
reported, with a median portfolio<br />
at risk (PAR) over 90 days of 2.7%. 4<br />
| 117
Best Practice<br />
While not quite the poor always pay<br />
back, these basic metrics helped to<br />
build trust. Only a few years later,<br />
the sample of participating institutions<br />
has expanded more than<br />
twenty-fold. But the numbers remain<br />
similar in many instances – PAR > 90<br />
days was 1.6% for the 2008 benchmarks,<br />
5 which now cover over 1100<br />
institutions.<br />
Building trust in the market<br />
Increasing capital flows is often seen<br />
as another key pillar for the growth<br />
and development of microfinance<br />
institutions. To support these capital<br />
flows, microfinance needed to<br />
build trust in the capital markets<br />
that microfinance ‘works’. And what<br />
‘works’ for capital markets may be<br />
quite different than what ‘works’ in<br />
a development context. (It is worth<br />
noting that investment is not needed<br />
or permitted for all institutions,<br />
especially those that can mobilize<br />
adequate funding through savings.)<br />
Microfinance institutions are the<br />
locus for investment. Consequently,<br />
capital markets needed to learn more<br />
about the institutions themselves<br />
and their operations. The microfinance<br />
sector began to develop<br />
parallel mechanisms to those used<br />
in traditional capital markets for the<br />
exchange of institutional information.<br />
Several specialized microfinance<br />
rating agencies – Planet Rating, Microrate,<br />
M-Cril, Microfinanza – were<br />
118 |<br />
founded during the last decade, and<br />
ratings initially subsidized through<br />
a global Ratings Fund, with a fixed<br />
expiration date in order to enable<br />
a broad range of institutions to test<br />
the services. 6 Initiatives such as the<br />
CGAP Financial Transparency Awards<br />
and MIX Market incentivized adherence<br />
to best practices reporting<br />
guidelines, disclosure of audited financial<br />
statements and the use of ratings<br />
and other external evaluations.<br />
All of these initiatives helped to build<br />
trust for investors and attract capital<br />
by having microfinance institutions<br />
learn to speak the language and use<br />
the tools of financial markets.<br />
Information that is appropriate<br />
for many actors – for investment<br />
evaluation, for networks looking to<br />
advocate for their members and for<br />
regulators. How can we speak to<br />
the most actors with the least work?<br />
Microfinance institutions are often<br />
resource-constrained and reporting<br />
requirements need to ‘do more with<br />
less’. It is further critical that information<br />
on microfinance can be used to<br />
inform management decision-making.<br />
Building smart standards – keeping<br />
financial reporting guidelines<br />
linked to IFRS, but augmenting these<br />
carefully as needed.<br />
From a volume perspective, the<br />
ability of microfinance institutions<br />
to build trust in the capital markets<br />
would seem to have been successful.
As of 2008, there is over $15 billion<br />
USD in borrowed funds outstanding<br />
with microfinance institutions,<br />
funding loan portfolios of $40 billion<br />
USD. 7 Well over 200 funders – banks,<br />
funds, peer-to-peer lenders – have<br />
significant microfinance positions. Initiatives<br />
like the United Nations’ 2005<br />
‘Year of Microcredit’ helped to draw<br />
further attention and capital to the<br />
sector. Microfinance investors have<br />
moved beyond direct lending to offer<br />
structured investments, equity stakes<br />
and currency hedging instruments.<br />
Several microfinance institutions have<br />
had IPOs on local and international<br />
exchanges. The complexity of this can<br />
be significant - microfinance CDOs<br />
require coordination across dozens of<br />
countries and legal environments to<br />
marshal sufficient capital. 8<br />
However, the growth of external<br />
investment has been one of the most<br />
controversial developments of the<br />
past several years. In 2008, the Centre<br />
for the Study of Financial Innovation’s<br />
(CSFI) annual ‘Banana Skins’<br />
report cited ‘too much funding and<br />
refinancing risk’ as among the key<br />
risks facing the global microfinance<br />
sector. 9 One year later, ‘reputation<br />
risk’ had also moved to the top of<br />
the list. 10 Here again, it is useful to<br />
compare the response of the microfinance<br />
sector with the financial crisis<br />
and subprime lending. How have<br />
microfinance practitioners sought to<br />
maintain trust with key stakeholders<br />
in these times? It comes back to a familiar<br />
theme – open, public data and<br />
standards are critical components.<br />
Building trust with policy makers<br />
In addition to building trust in the<br />
idea and trust in the capital markets,<br />
microfinance also needed to engage<br />
and convince policy makers. Microfinance<br />
developments were often ‘bottom<br />
up’ and did not arise from ‘top<br />
down’ government initiatives. Many<br />
microfinance providers are non-governmental<br />
organizations and often<br />
operate without clear legal frameworks<br />
or restrictions on the types of<br />
financial services they can provide.<br />
Of course, this is not always the case:<br />
state-owned retail financial service<br />
providers remain among the largest<br />
bloc of institutions in terms of global<br />
outreach. 11<br />
Nonetheless, an enabling policy<br />
environment and clear legal framework<br />
for microfinance institutions<br />
are also necessities. In particular,<br />
regulatory oversight permits secure<br />
savings mobilization. Since many microfinance<br />
providers have historically<br />
been ‘credit-only’ (and often with<br />
international investors), systemic risks<br />
to local financial sectors have been<br />
limited. 12 However, with the rise in<br />
savings mobilization, microfinance<br />
institutions present different risks<br />
to financial sectors and low-income<br />
households and need appropriate<br />
regulation. Convincing policy mak-<br />
| 119
Best Practice<br />
ers that microfinance institutions are<br />
stable, transparent and working in<br />
line with international best practices<br />
is again key to building this trust.<br />
Maintaining trust and dealing with<br />
crises<br />
The process of building trust in microfinance<br />
institutions has not been<br />
without difficult periods. Two recent<br />
sets of events stand out as examples<br />
of how the microfinance sector has<br />
addressed crises. In neither case have<br />
the responses undone the effects<br />
of the crisis, but both illustrate the<br />
central role that transparency and<br />
information exchange can have.<br />
In 2007, Banco Compartamos, a leading<br />
Mexican microfinance institution,<br />
launched an intial public offering<br />
(IPO) which was several times oversubscribed<br />
and led to over 100 million<br />
USD in profits. The distribution of<br />
those profits and how Compartamos<br />
managed to accumulate them in the<br />
first place were the subject of months<br />
of controversy. 13 At the center of<br />
the debate were the interest rates<br />
charged by Compartamos on some<br />
of their loan products - rates which<br />
ranged between 80% and 120%<br />
annually (depending on the means<br />
used to calculate them). The backlash<br />
from the IPO directly led to a focus<br />
on interest rates and investment<br />
flows. Microfinance interest rates<br />
have historically been high, generally<br />
justified through higher operating<br />
120 |<br />
costs. 14 The industry’s response was<br />
to address the clear need for more<br />
transparency on this front. The creation<br />
of MF Transparency 15 provides<br />
the first clear, accurate information<br />
on microfinance loan pricing. Several<br />
initiatives, including by MIX, aim<br />
to make information on investmen<br />
flows more easily available.<br />
The increased global focus on microfinance<br />
following the IPO also coincided<br />
with a rise in impact assessment<br />
initiatives and social performance<br />
measurement. The microfinance<br />
sector has developed initiatives to<br />
focus on consumer protection, ethical<br />
principles for microfinance institutions,<br />
transparency on interest rates,<br />
and improved measurement of social<br />
variables. 16 Each of these aims to<br />
better track the human component<br />
of financial services delivery, and in<br />
most cases they leverage the underlying<br />
financial reporting standards to<br />
the extent possible.<br />
The second test of trust in microfinance<br />
is the financial sector crisis of<br />
the past year. Historically, anecdotal<br />
evidence has suggested that the lack<br />
of integration of microfinance clients<br />
and providers into the globalized<br />
economy insulated microfinance institutions<br />
from external shocks. While<br />
hard evidence of microfinance’s<br />
resilience to macroeconomic shocks<br />
has been ambiguous, 17 it at least has<br />
not shown that microfinance insti-
tutions are more vulnerable than<br />
traditional financial institutions. In<br />
large part, the microfinance sector<br />
has been able to weather the current<br />
crisis. There have been flare-ups in<br />
some sectors – Pakistan and Nicaragua<br />
have had repayment crises and<br />
investment has slowed in others - but<br />
global catastrophe has yet to strike. 18<br />
A long-term focus on transparency<br />
and open, voluntary exchange of information<br />
has so far enabled MFIs to<br />
win the trust of investors, regulators,<br />
researchers, and other MFIs.<br />
Information and transparency as the<br />
backbone<br />
Information has been at the core of<br />
building trust with multiple actors.<br />
Basic operational and performance<br />
information – financial information<br />
plus, if you will – was critical to building<br />
trust in the idea of microfinance.<br />
Deeper institutional data, with<br />
agreed-upon standards and external<br />
verification, was critical to building<br />
trust in the capital markets. Microfinance<br />
has responded to new challenges<br />
by adapting and expanding<br />
the types of information available.<br />
Much of this has occurred with<br />
microfinance as a ‘parallel’ to traditional<br />
financial sectors, with limited<br />
integration. Microfinance rating<br />
agencies, regulators, credit bureaus,<br />
etc. are similar to, but often distinct<br />
from their ‘traditional’ financial sector<br />
analogues. Microfinance institu-<br />
tions may, for instance, be regulated<br />
by a ‘Ministry of Social Policy’, while<br />
banks and other financial intermediaries<br />
are regulated by the ‘Ministry of<br />
Finance’ or the central bank.<br />
All of this is changing rapidly. The<br />
number of institutions under regulatory<br />
oversight increases annually.<br />
The big rating agencies are moving<br />
into the sector – Moody’s, Fitch and<br />
Standard & Poor’s have all rated microfinance<br />
companies or securities. 19<br />
More and more commercial banks<br />
are ‘downscaling’ to directly offer<br />
retail microfinance services – often<br />
competing with microfinance institutions.<br />
Investment banks have begun<br />
to open (and occasionally, then close)<br />
microfinance units. The volume of international<br />
investment capital flows<br />
(and the concomitant risks) increases<br />
each year. The ‘parallel’ universe of<br />
microfinance is becoming more and<br />
more an integral part of ‘traditional’<br />
financial sectors.<br />
The integration of microfinance into<br />
traditional financial sectors presents<br />
new information challenges. Microfinance<br />
institutions will need to speak<br />
the same language and use the same<br />
vocabulary as global financial sectors<br />
in order to be understood. We see<br />
XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting<br />
Language) as the language of the<br />
future for global financial reporting<br />
and information exchange. We see<br />
IFRS as the data model around which<br />
global reporting will harmonize, the<br />
| 121
Best Practice<br />
dictionary to which XBRL can refer<br />
when looking for financial concepts<br />
and relationships. Consequently, to<br />
better organize, collect, and present<br />
microfinance data, we have looked<br />
to XBRL as a solution, using the IFRS<br />
standards and disclosure guidelines<br />
as a basis.<br />
Charlie Hoffman, the oft-cited ‘father<br />
of XBRL’, wrote recently on his blog<br />
about the future of financial reporting.<br />
20 The future he sees includes a<br />
few key components, including the<br />
joint use of XBRL and IFRS:<br />
• “The financial reporting meta data<br />
used globally is IFRS and other<br />
global standard meta data.<br />
• The reporting format is XBRL. In<br />
fact, maybe it is not even XBRL.<br />
I frankly have no bias here other<br />
than it needs to be structured and<br />
computer readable...<br />
• Computers do all sorts of helpful<br />
things for the preparers of such<br />
statements such as making sure the<br />
numbers all add up and that the<br />
required disclosures are there much<br />
like a manual disclosure checklist is<br />
used today…<br />
• The report is interactive…<br />
• More relevant information will be<br />
reported…”<br />
If one were to predict where these<br />
innovations would come from, few<br />
would likely settle on a loose cohort<br />
of financial institutions scattered<br />
around the globe working with<br />
122 |<br />
clients and services well outside the<br />
focus of traditional financial institutions.<br />
And yet, many of the pieces of<br />
this ‘future’ are already in place for<br />
the microfinance sector.<br />
MIX uses XBRL as the primary means<br />
of information capture for microfinance<br />
institutions. The MIX Microfinance<br />
Taxonomy builds a direct link<br />
to IFRS, but incorporates the many<br />
sector-specific concepts necessary<br />
to capture the double bottom line<br />
focus of many microfinance institutions.<br />
We expect that one of the<br />
main benefits of the use of XBRL will<br />
be increased financial transparency<br />
within the MFI community. As the<br />
complexity and detail within MFI financial<br />
statements increases, we will<br />
be able to capture and share richer<br />
information. In the long run, we<br />
hope the taxonomy can also support<br />
local regulators and international<br />
networks seeking to use standardized<br />
reporting as a basis for decision-making.<br />
Information exchange has many challenges<br />
for microfinance. Stakeholders<br />
want a global view, but global reporting<br />
is voluntary. There are many<br />
variations in local standards within<br />
and across countries. Institutions vary<br />
widely in capacity and many have<br />
concerns about negative repercussions<br />
of transparency, especially<br />
those operating without a clear legal<br />
framework. There is no one-size-fitsall<br />
model for microfinance. This is
one reason that extensible standards<br />
are critical. Although there are certainly<br />
more challenges ahead – so far,<br />
XBRL has little name recognition or<br />
actual examples of deployment within<br />
the microfinance sector – these are<br />
a set of problems that many others<br />
are also working to solve.<br />
Conclusion<br />
Microfinance has had to continually<br />
build trust with different stakeholders<br />
from a limited resource<br />
base. There have been occasional,<br />
although localized, meltdowns. It is<br />
a bit like operating in a permanent<br />
crisis mode – existential threats are<br />
a day-to-day focus for many microfinance<br />
institutions. Transparency and<br />
public information have helped to<br />
counterbalance these risks. Microfinance<br />
practitioners have spent a<br />
lot of time learning from traditional<br />
financial sector reporting standards<br />
and building innovations to make<br />
these standards go further to tell us<br />
more about the institutions and the<br />
impact of their services. Maybe now<br />
it has come time for microfinance to<br />
teach some lessons to the traditional<br />
financial sector.<br />
References:<br />
1. Some of the material here was previously<br />
posted to the Hitachi XBRL<br />
blog at: http://hitachidatainteractive.<br />
com/2009/06/18/xbrl-increases-transparency-of-microfinance-institutions/<br />
2. Throughout this paper, we will try<br />
to use the term ‘traditional financial<br />
sectors’ to refer to that which is not<br />
microfinance. This is not a perfect distinction<br />
– credit unions and banks are<br />
often microfinance providers and are<br />
also quite ‘traditional’ – but hopefully it<br />
will suffice for these purposes.<br />
3. See: http://www.seepnetwork.org/Pages/Initiatives/FinancialReportingStandardInitiative.aspx<br />
and http://www.cgap.<br />
org/p/site/c/template.rc/1.9.2785/ for<br />
examples.<br />
4. http://www.themix.org/sites/default/<br />
files/MIX_1999_07_MBB3.pdf, p. 40.<br />
5. http://www.themix.org/sites/default/<br />
files/MBB%2019%20-%20December%202009_0.pdf,<br />
p. 62.<br />
6. Given the role that rating agencies<br />
played in the financial sector crisis, it<br />
may be worth a separate assessment of<br />
whether microfinance rating agencies<br />
were able to avoid the same types of<br />
issues. Some research on the impact of<br />
ratings is here: Hartarska, Valentina,<br />
2006. „Rating in Microfinance: Cross-<br />
Country Evidence,“ 2006 Annual Meeting,<br />
August 12-18, 2006, Queensland,<br />
Australia 25506, International Association<br />
of Agricultural Economists.<br />
7. Source: MIX Market, borrowings and<br />
loan portfolio values for 2008 fiscal<br />
year. Deposits and equity fund the<br />
remainder.<br />
8. http://www.dwmarkets.com/investmentmanagement/structured-investments/<br />
microfinance-securitization.html<br />
9. Microfinance Banana Skins 2008: Risk<br />
in a Booming Industry, Mar 2008,<br />
Lascelles, D. Available at: http://www.<br />
microfinancegateway.org/p/site/m//template.rc/1.9.25066<br />
10. Microfinance Banana Skins 2009:<br />
Confronting Crisis and Change, 2009,<br />
Lascelles, D. & Mendelson, S. Available<br />
at: http://www.microfinancegateway.<br />
| 123
Best Practice<br />
org/p/site/m//template.rc/1.9.35208<br />
11. CGAP, unpublished research.<br />
12. In addition, ‘socially responsible’ investors<br />
may be disinclined to try to recover<br />
capital. Throwing in the Towel: Lessons<br />
from MFI Liquidations, 20 Sep 2009,<br />
Rozas, D. Available at: http://www.<br />
microfinancegateway.org/p/site/m//template.rc/1.9.38716<br />
13. See: R. Rosenberg, “CGAP Reflections<br />
on the Compartamos Initial Public Offering”.<br />
June 2007., Available at: http://<br />
www.microfinancegateway.org/p/site/<br />
m//template.rc/1.9.29214<br />
14. See: “Why do MFIs charge high interest<br />
rates?”, available at: http://www.<br />
cgap.org/p/site/c/template.rc/1.26.1309/;<br />
Rosenberg, Gonzalez and Narain, “The<br />
New Moneylenders: Are the Poor Being<br />
Exploited by High Microcredit Interest<br />
Rates?”, available at: http://www.cgap.<br />
org/p/site/c/template.rc/1.9.9534/<br />
15. See: http://www.mftransparency.org/<br />
16. See (respectively): http://www.centerforfinancialinclusion.org/;<br />
http://www.<br />
cgap.org/p/site/c/template.rc/1.26.1881/;<br />
http://www.mftransparency.org/; and<br />
http://www.sptf.info/ or http://www.<br />
themix.org/standards/social-performance<br />
17. See Walter, Ingo and Krauss, Nicolas<br />
A., Can Microfinance Reduce Portfolio<br />
Volatility? (January 30, 2008).<br />
Available at SSRN: http://ssrn.com/abstract=943786,<br />
and Gonzalez, “Resilience<br />
of Microfinance Institutions to<br />
Macroeconomic Events.” Available at:<br />
http://www.themix.org/publications/resilience-microfinance-institutions-macroeconomic-events<br />
18. Reille, Kneiding and Martinez, “The<br />
Impact of the Financial Crisis on<br />
Microfinance Institutions and Their<br />
Clients” Available at: http://www.cgap.<br />
124 |<br />
org/p/site/c/template.rc/1.9.34453/; also<br />
MIX, Microbanking Bulletin vol. 19, Dec.<br />
2009, http://www.themix.org/sites/default/files/MBB%2019%20-%20December%202009_0.pdf<br />
19. See: http://microcapitalmonitor.com/<br />
cblog/index.php?/archives/101-How-Important-is-Regulation-and-Supervisionof-Microfinance-to-Your-Investment-<br />
Decision.html ; http://www.fitchratings.<br />
com/web_content/presentations/2009/<br />
stru_cred/microfinance_resilience_to_<br />
%20the_crisis_teleconf_9jun09.pdf or<br />
http://www2.standardandpoors.com/spf/<br />
pdf/fixedincome/MicrofinanceMethodologyAssumptions.pdf<br />
20. http://xbrl.squarespace.com/journal/2009/12/6/peeking-into-the-futureof-financial-reporting.html
4. Supervision:<br />
Recovery Needs Controlling<br />
4.1. Learning From the Crisis<br />
By Mark B. Fuller & Joseph B. Fuller<br />
Last year at this time, the topic on<br />
everyone’s mind was the global<br />
financial crisis: How bad would it be?<br />
How long would it last? And, given<br />
its severity, was this yet another<br />
indictment of contemporary market<br />
capitalism?<br />
Now, a year later and around the<br />
world, a host of stimulus plans and<br />
other government interventions<br />
appear to have had positive effect.<br />
Some experts have pronounced the<br />
recession over, and most people are<br />
cautiously optimistic that the fragile<br />
recovery under way will continue and<br />
strengthen. Still, the meaning of the<br />
crisis is being debated and there is<br />
yet no consensus about appropriate<br />
remedies to moderate the effects of<br />
the next downturn, when it inevitably<br />
comes.<br />
Looking back on the experience, two<br />
aspects of the crisis are especially<br />
striking: its global scale and its severity.<br />
This was the first truly worldwide<br />
downturn, spreading rapidly from<br />
the advanced economies to the<br />
emerging markets. It hit especially<br />
hard in North America and Europe<br />
but it was felt everywhere, causing<br />
deep distress in places as diverse as<br />
California, Iceland, and Dubai.<br />
The crisis proved so severe because<br />
it was actually a coincidence and<br />
compound of two problems, a deep<br />
crisis in the financial markets layered<br />
onto a cyclical downturn in the<br />
underlying global economy. Amid all<br />
the attention paid to the former, the<br />
latter has been largely ignored. Yet a<br />
global recession was coming due by<br />
2008: it had been seven years since<br />
the last one, in which troubles rooted<br />
in the dot-com crash were prolonged<br />
in the aftermath of the September 11,<br />
2001 terrorist attacks. By 2007, there<br />
were signs of an incipient recession<br />
in the global economy: rising<br />
energy prices, volatile asset prices,<br />
overcapacity, worries about credit<br />
to keep the expansion going. As the<br />
credit crunch morphed into a fullblown<br />
crisis in the financial markets,<br />
this overstressed weaknesses in the<br />
underlying economy and made the<br />
contraction sharper and deeper than<br />
seen in decades.<br />
Popular explanations of the financial<br />
markets crisis have tended to oversimplify<br />
what happened, frequently<br />
attributing it to greed and irresponsibility<br />
on the part of those leading<br />
major financial institutions in the advanced<br />
economies. There is no doubt<br />
that such attitudes and behaviors<br />
contributed to our misfortune. Incen-<br />
| 125
Supervision<br />
tives and other policies and systems<br />
in financial institutions are geared to<br />
innovation and short-term profitability.<br />
Too little thought has been given<br />
to downside risk in the risk/reward<br />
equation. Yet blaming a handful of<br />
greedy individuals, however appealing<br />
to populist inclinations, obscures<br />
critical points that must be taken into<br />
account if we are to draw practical<br />
lessons from this unhappy experience.<br />
First, as noted, is the difference between<br />
the financial markets crisis and<br />
a down-cycle in the modern global<br />
economy as well as the relationship<br />
between the two. We have lived<br />
with downturns periodically, every<br />
seven to ten years, since the middle<br />
of the nineteenth century. There<br />
is no reason to expect otherwise in<br />
the future. The swinging pendulum<br />
is endemic to business life. In the<br />
interest of moderating the effects<br />
of the next recession, public policy<br />
should focus on the ways the financial<br />
markets impact and interact with<br />
the underlying economy and take<br />
special care that crises forming in the<br />
financial markets―which occur with<br />
less frequency than recessions and<br />
also betray their own clear warning<br />
signs―do not coincide with downswings<br />
of the cycle.<br />
Third, if blame is to be allocated to<br />
individuals atop financial institutions,<br />
it must be shared with other<br />
126 |<br />
parties. In the private sector, as many<br />
commentators have observed, the<br />
ratings agencies are as culpable as<br />
the banks. These agencies have an<br />
explicit role to provide an independent<br />
and reliable evaluation of the<br />
risks inherent in financial instruments<br />
and portfolios. In this, they failed utterly,<br />
misleading both investors and<br />
regulators.<br />
Government was derelict in its duty<br />
to regulate certain key financial markets<br />
and activities. During the past<br />
several decades, financial services<br />
firms developed a dizzying array<br />
of new, often complex investment<br />
approaches, structures, and instruments<br />
that government consciously<br />
and deliberately chose not to regulate―hedge<br />
funds, highly-leveraged<br />
private equity deals, off-exchange<br />
trading of derivatives, securitized<br />
debt, credit default swaps, and the<br />
like. To be fair, government’s challenge<br />
reflects differential rates of<br />
innovation in the private and public<br />
sectors. Note the timeframe, however:<br />
we’re talking about decades, not<br />
something sudden or unexpected.<br />
The regulators should have policed<br />
innovation in the markets when they<br />
had ample evidence and repeated<br />
indications of concern. They didn’t.<br />
Hyper-innovation, abetted by rapid<br />
globalization, also strained governance<br />
in the private sector. The<br />
failure in financial institutions was
due as much to inadequate oversight<br />
as to individual excess. Directors and<br />
executive heads in the firms had little<br />
ability to see what was happening,<br />
even if they understood it―which<br />
at houses like Lehman Brothers, few<br />
apparently did. More worrisome,<br />
in their rush to make profits and to<br />
track progress quarter by quarter,<br />
leadership in the firms seem to have<br />
forgotten their moral purpose to<br />
invest for sustainable returns and the<br />
long-term financial health of economies<br />
and societies.<br />
Finally, the sheer scale of the crisis<br />
reflects significant problems in governance<br />
of the global financial system.<br />
The interdependent nature of the<br />
system means that it is vulnerable at<br />
its weakest link. It will do little good<br />
to have strong, effective governance<br />
in some countries or regions if regulation<br />
is weak or lacking elsewhere.<br />
To date, there are few encouraging<br />
signs that these points are being addressed.<br />
In the advanced economies<br />
and around the world, policymakers<br />
seem more interested in curbing excesses<br />
in the financial sector than in<br />
revisiting and revamping the rules to<br />
ensure the stability of the system and<br />
better behavior among its key actors.<br />
Targeting greedy individuals may be<br />
popular but it doesn’t address the<br />
fundamental challenges. Similarly,<br />
when heads of state and finance<br />
ministers congregate for economic<br />
summits or meetings of multilateral<br />
institutions, they often engage on<br />
peripheral rather than core systems<br />
issues. Looking ahead, if we do not<br />
see significant changes in securities<br />
regulation, if we do not see public officials<br />
most responsible for ensuring<br />
the integrity of the global financial<br />
system addressing the real issues, and<br />
if we do not see governance reform<br />
in financial services firms, then we<br />
should not be surprised by the next<br />
crisis in the financial markets. It<br />
won’t be long in coming.<br />
Meanwhile, the incipient recovery<br />
is testimony to the health of the<br />
underlying global economy. Companies<br />
succeeding in providing real<br />
goods and services to customers and<br />
consumers around the world are<br />
fundamentally strong and competitive.<br />
They’re heading in the right<br />
direction. How quickly the economy<br />
rebounds and whether the recovery<br />
is sustained are questions whose<br />
answers depend on many variables.<br />
Among the most important is whether<br />
companies and investors have<br />
their trust in the financial markets<br />
restored. On that score, there is not<br />
yet much reason for optimism.<br />
| 127
Supervision<br />
4.2. Peer Review Will Need to be Peer Pressure<br />
By Robert B. Zoellick<br />
Great upheavals produce shock<br />
waves that widen cracks in political,<br />
economic, and security orders.<br />
Sometimes the old orders break. Yet<br />
it can be in the power of leaders and<br />
peoples to shape the directions of<br />
change.<br />
Today, most people assume that<br />
when Edmund Burke wrote his Reflections<br />
on the Revolution in France<br />
he was denouncing a revolution that<br />
had already executed a King and<br />
Queen, and launched the Terror. But<br />
he published his work in 1790, before<br />
the cobbled streets of Paris echoed<br />
with the rumble of tumbrels and the<br />
roar of crowds at the guillotine.<br />
1789 was one of the great upheavals<br />
in history. Although Burke offered<br />
wise warnings, most of his contemporaries<br />
expected France to tread an<br />
“English path” towards constitutional<br />
democracy.<br />
The effects of momentous events can<br />
reverberate over time. When asked<br />
more than a century later about the<br />
impact of the French Revolution,<br />
China’s Premier Zhou Enlai allegedly<br />
replied, “It’s too soon to say.”<br />
Last year is the 20 th anniversary of<br />
the peaceful revolution of 1989.<br />
128 |<br />
The upheavals across Europe of that<br />
year, so different from 1789, brought<br />
an end to the Cold War. They led<br />
to the opening of the Berlin Wall,<br />
the freedom of Central and Eastern<br />
Europe, the unification of a democratic<br />
Germany and the reunification<br />
of Europe, the break-up of the Soviet<br />
Union, and the return of Russia. To<br />
many, these tumultuous events really<br />
did feel like the “End of History,” as<br />
my friend Frank Fukuyama famously<br />
put it. Yet the European narrative<br />
moved to new chapters with the widening<br />
of what became the European<br />
Union, the creation of a common<br />
currency, and the enlargement of the<br />
NATO Alliance.<br />
While most eyes were focused on<br />
Europe in that era, new histories<br />
were being sketched around the<br />
world: NAFTA offered a fundamental<br />
reorientation of Mexico, including<br />
toward democracy and potentially<br />
deeper integration of North America;<br />
APEC implied a new “open regionalism”<br />
that could connect a rising East<br />
Asia with the Americas bordering<br />
the Pacific; and a coalition based<br />
upon UN action reversed Iraq’s brutal<br />
conquering of Kuwait, opening the<br />
way for a Madrid Conference that<br />
initiated negotiations between Israel<br />
and the Arab states. These seeds of
change were planted by forwardlooking<br />
leaders who saw the opportunities<br />
amidst seismic shifts and<br />
shifting trends.<br />
My experience then –and since – has<br />
reinforced my sense that events occur<br />
within a continuum. As Burke<br />
observed, there exists “a partnership<br />
not only between those who are<br />
living, but between those who are<br />
living, those who are dead and those<br />
who are to be born.”<br />
Outcomes are not predetermined.<br />
They depend on both events and<br />
purposeful actions.<br />
In 2010, we are living through another<br />
upheaval that is changing our<br />
world. What will be its implications<br />
for the future?<br />
Today’s upheaval did not occur from<br />
nowhere. The seeds were planted<br />
earlier.<br />
The last 20 years have witnessed a<br />
huge economic shift. The breakdown<br />
of the planned economies in the<br />
Soviet Union and Central and Eastern<br />
Europe, the economic reforms in China<br />
and India, and the export-driven<br />
growth strategies of East Asia all contributed<br />
to a world market economy<br />
that vaulted from about 1 billion to<br />
4 or 5 billion people. This shift offers<br />
enormous opportunities. But it has<br />
also shaken an international eco-<br />
nomic system forged in the middle<br />
of the 20th Century, with patched-up<br />
changes in the decades since.<br />
Some seeds of today’s troubles were<br />
sown by the responses – or lack of<br />
them – to the financial crises of the<br />
late 1990s. After the Asian financial<br />
crisis, developing countries determined<br />
they never again wanted to be<br />
exposed to the tempests of globalization.<br />
Many “insured” themselves<br />
through managing exchange rates<br />
and building huge currency reserves.<br />
Some of these changes contributed<br />
to imbalances and tensions in the<br />
global economy, but for years governments<br />
muddled through amidst<br />
generally good growth.<br />
Central banks failed to address risks<br />
building in the new economy. They<br />
seemingly mastered product price<br />
inflation in the 1980s, but most decided<br />
that asset price bubbles were<br />
difficult to identify and to restrain<br />
with monetary policy. They argued<br />
that damage to the “real economy”<br />
of jobs, production, savings, and consumption<br />
could be contained once<br />
bubbles burst, through aggressive<br />
easing of interest rates. They turned<br />
out to be wrong.<br />
Regulators and supervisors of financial<br />
institutions were no longer<br />
grounded in reality. Financial innovation<br />
and competition vastly expanded<br />
services – including to companies<br />
| 129
Supervision<br />
and families often shunted aside in<br />
the past –but the alluringly simple<br />
design of “rational markets” theory<br />
led regulators to take a holiday from<br />
the realities of psychology, organizational<br />
behavior, systemic risks,<br />
and the complexities of markets and<br />
humans.<br />
As in the past, the actions we take<br />
today shape future opportunities and<br />
challenges.<br />
In 1944, the delegates at Bretton<br />
Woods seized a moment to shape a<br />
new global arrangement. They spent<br />
three weeks in New Hampshire developing<br />
a system of rules, institutions,<br />
and procedures for financial and<br />
commercial relations in the world<br />
economy.<br />
That world has changed enormously<br />
over the past 65 years – not least<br />
with the transformations of 1989.<br />
The current upheaval is changing the<br />
landscape yet again.<br />
Already, we can see potential shifts in<br />
power and institutions and international<br />
cooperation. In part, the shifts<br />
will depend upon how the parties<br />
adapt to new circumstances; in part,<br />
upon the rapidity of the recovery; in<br />
part, upon changes in who holds the<br />
world’s capital, technology, and human<br />
resources and what they do with<br />
them; in part, upon how countries<br />
cooperate –or do not. .<br />
130 |<br />
What are the perceptions and realities<br />
of power after this crisis?<br />
The current assumption is that the<br />
post-crisis political economy will<br />
reflect the rising influence of China,<br />
probably of India, and of other large<br />
emerging economies. Supposedly, the<br />
United States, the epicenter of the<br />
financial crisis, will see its economic<br />
power and influence diminish.<br />
There are good reasons for this<br />
perception. China has responded<br />
strongly to the crisis, both in terms<br />
of stimulus and monetary policies,<br />
and it seems to have a deep treasure<br />
chest to back up its first moves. China<br />
has enjoyed a rapid recovery, which<br />
has assisted others, underscoring<br />
China’s growing influence.<br />
Indeed, today, China acts as a stabilizing<br />
force in the global economy.<br />
Together, China and India account<br />
for 8.5 percent of world output. They<br />
and other developing countries are<br />
growing substantially more rapidly<br />
than developed countries.<br />
And yet…<br />
China’s future is not yet determined.<br />
Its rapid recovery in 2009 was fueled<br />
by an expansion of credit of 26 percent<br />
of GDP in the first eight months<br />
of 2009. This flood is now easing,<br />
and authorities are likely to limit it<br />
further for fear of effects on asset<br />
prices, asset quality, and eventually
general inflation. China still faces big<br />
uncertainties in 2010.<br />
China’s leaders recognize these risks,<br />
including the continued dependence<br />
of China and other emerging economies<br />
on export-led growth. It will not<br />
be easy for China to shift to increasing<br />
reliance on domestic demand,<br />
especially to greater consumption<br />
that could help balance world<br />
growth while contributing to China’s<br />
goal of a more “ harmonious society.”<br />
China’s protected service sector,<br />
including financial services, limits<br />
opportunities for entrepreneurs and<br />
increases in productivity.<br />
The United States, in turn, has been<br />
hit hard by the crisis. But America has<br />
a culture of resilience to set-backs,<br />
adapting to new circumstances and<br />
remaking itself.<br />
The future for the United States will<br />
depend on whether and how it will<br />
address large deficits, recover without<br />
inflation that could undermine<br />
its credit and currency, and overhaul<br />
its financial system to preserve<br />
innovation while adding to safety<br />
and soundness. The United States<br />
also needs to help people adjust<br />
to change, so that it can maintain<br />
its greatest trump card: openness<br />
to trade, investment, people, and<br />
ideas. The geopoliticians will be on<br />
the watch for signs that America’s<br />
economic troubles are leading to a<br />
weakening of U.S. confidence, energy<br />
and resources to project its interests<br />
globally in cooperation with others.<br />
Japan is the first leading industrial<br />
power to experience a political upheaval<br />
in the wake of the crisis. The<br />
election of the Democratic Party of<br />
Japan could create a sustainable twoparty<br />
democracy for the first time in<br />
the country’s history.<br />
Japan rose from the ashes of World<br />
War II as a “trading state,” the model<br />
for export-led growth. It is not clear<br />
that the old export model of growth<br />
will be sustainable in a more “balanced”<br />
global economy that does not<br />
rely so heavily on the U.S. consumer.<br />
An aging Japan will have new consumption<br />
needs. A global economy<br />
with more poles of growth could<br />
offer Japan new markets, especially<br />
for its impressive capabilities to use<br />
energy efficiently.<br />
The world will be deeply interested<br />
in the shape of a Japanese foreign<br />
policy that can be sustained across<br />
parties and that might assume new<br />
responsibilities. Such a foreign policy<br />
could build on Japan’s experiences<br />
in development. Japan could deepen<br />
cooperation with other Asia-Pacific<br />
actors in ASEAN, Australia, China,<br />
and Korea, while maintaining its<br />
global role, especially through relations<br />
with the United States. Development<br />
opportunities in Africa,<br />
| 131
Supervision<br />
Latin America, Central Asia, and the<br />
Middle East would also enable Japan<br />
to “do well while doing good.”<br />
The European Union may have been<br />
slow to recognize that this economic<br />
crisis was the first big test of the New<br />
Europe made possible by the revolutions<br />
of 1989. But it adapted relatively<br />
quickly, and European institutions<br />
may come out stronger for it.<br />
Central and Eastern European<br />
economies were hit especially hard<br />
by the crisis. And their problems are<br />
far from over. At least for European<br />
Union members, however, the<br />
support offered by the European<br />
Commission, the European Bank for<br />
Reconstruction and Development,<br />
and the European Investment Bank<br />
– with assistance from the World<br />
Bank Group – has been critical. It appears<br />
that the European banks that<br />
invested in their Central and Eastern<br />
European neighbors are staying with<br />
them. The good strategic news is<br />
that the European states, for all their<br />
internal debates and negotiations,<br />
have recognized their interdependence.<br />
Under stress, this time, Europe<br />
did not splinter.<br />
The European Central Bank played a<br />
decisive role under the able leadership<br />
of its president, Jean-Claude<br />
Trichet. The ECB walked a fine line<br />
in supporting the European financial<br />
system and even helping Europeans<br />
132 |<br />
outside the Eurozone, while assuring<br />
the Euro’s credibility. As a result,<br />
newer EU members outside the<br />
Eurozone may well strive to gain its<br />
security.<br />
Yet, amidst tighter economic times,<br />
the European Union must still face<br />
insecurities. Its energy vulnerability<br />
feeds worries, aggravating difficult<br />
relations with its neighbors to the<br />
east, especially Ukraine and Russia.<br />
The Balkans still smolder, and<br />
inattention to Bosnia could revive<br />
apprehensions about the EU’s ability<br />
to offer security, even on its own continent.<br />
The EU and Turkey have yet<br />
to cultivate a common view of their<br />
shared future. As its demographics<br />
age, Europe will also struggle with<br />
the integration of immigrants.<br />
South East Asia may also have been<br />
given a boost by the crisis – depending<br />
on how opportunities are seized.<br />
The region lies at a geographic<br />
crossroads between India and China,<br />
two rising powers. ASEAN seems<br />
to have recognized the moment,<br />
and has taken actions to deepen its<br />
integration even while reaching out<br />
to others.<br />
Given the sizeable weight of Indonesia<br />
and the rising influence of Vietnam,<br />
their sound performance amidst<br />
economic turmoil has stood in sharp<br />
contrast to a decade ago. But there<br />
remain questions of adjustments and
political transitions in countries such<br />
as Thailand and Malaysia. There is<br />
also a question of whether others<br />
will recognize the emerging ASEAN.<br />
China and India seem to be doing<br />
so – but will North America and the<br />
European Union?<br />
For others, the long-term impact of<br />
the crisis may depend upon commodities,<br />
especially oil prices, which,<br />
in recent years, gave high returns.<br />
When the oil price is at $100, these<br />
countries are strong. When it is at<br />
$30, most are in serious trouble. This<br />
reliance on oil and commodities is a<br />
precarious basis upon which to build<br />
an economy in a world that is struggling<br />
to reduce its reliance on fossil<br />
fuels, and in which commodity prices<br />
gyrate as investors move in and out<br />
of an “asset class.” Will countries use<br />
these returns wisely – to diversify<br />
and build broader-based economic<br />
development? These are the questions<br />
for Russia, countries in the Gulf,<br />
and some countries in Latin America<br />
and Africa.<br />
Understanding shifting power relations<br />
is fundamental for shaping the<br />
future – as the Bretton Woods’ delegates<br />
appreciated. The political basis<br />
for that system was forged through<br />
a shared experience in failed responsibility<br />
after World War I and a clear<br />
assessment of power after World<br />
War II. Change those power relations<br />
– and the nature of the markets that<br />
connect them – and the system looks<br />
out of touch. Let’s examine a few<br />
examples:<br />
Will the U.S. dollar remain the predominant<br />
reserve currency?<br />
The Bretton Woods currency system<br />
gave way in 1973 to floating rates,<br />
with the dollar as the world’s main<br />
reserve currency. For all the questions<br />
about the dollar’s reliability as a reserve<br />
currency, its value strengthened<br />
during the crisis as it offered investors<br />
a safe haven.<br />
The United States is incredibly<br />
fortunate that the dollar enjoys<br />
this special status. When I work<br />
with countries struggling to pay for<br />
budgets or finance trade deficits,<br />
I reflect on how Americans do not<br />
spend a moment considering the<br />
unique advantages of being able to<br />
issue bonds and print money freely.<br />
The histories of the Napoleonic wars<br />
tell of great campaigns and battles,<br />
but the ultimate victory of Britain<br />
and its coalition depended on the dry<br />
chapter about Pitt’s restoration of<br />
Britain’s credit.<br />
The United States would be mistaken<br />
to take for granted the dollar’s place<br />
as the world’s predominant reserve<br />
currency. Looking forward, there will<br />
increasingly be other options to the<br />
dollar.<br />
| 133
Supervision<br />
Given the ECB’s recent performance,<br />
there is every reason to believe that<br />
the Euro’s acceptability could grow.<br />
The influence of the Euro will depend<br />
in part upon the competitiveness of<br />
European Union countries in future<br />
years, and the depth and liquidity of<br />
its financial markets. Demographics<br />
and growth prospects will also<br />
matter. But Euro financing offers a<br />
respectable alternative if the dollar<br />
is weak.<br />
Moreover, China is moving toward<br />
gradual internationalization of its<br />
currency. China is making it easier<br />
for trading partners to do business<br />
in Renminbi – for example, through<br />
currency swaps. We are likely to<br />
see this shift in the world of investment<br />
as well: for the first time this<br />
month, China issued sovereign bonds<br />
in Renminbi to offshore investors.<br />
China recently announced that<br />
foreign companies will be able to list<br />
their stocks in China, a step toward<br />
making Shanghai an international<br />
financial center. As a major importer<br />
of commodities, one can imagine<br />
new benchmark indices established<br />
at Shanghai or other Chinese ports,<br />
eventually in Renminbi.<br />
Chinese leaders will be cautious. Most<br />
want to retain the control that comes<br />
from a closed capital account. Financial<br />
and banking markets are likely<br />
to continue to be subject to various<br />
tools of intervention and control.<br />
134 |<br />
Yet I expect China will be inevitably<br />
drawn outward. Over 10 to 20 years,<br />
the Renminbi will evolve into a force<br />
in financial markets.<br />
Countries and markets may also<br />
experiment with financings denominated<br />
in Special Drawing Rights –or<br />
SDRs― which reflect a portfolio of<br />
major currencies.<br />
Of course, the U.S. dollar is and will<br />
remain a major currency. But the<br />
Greenback’s fortunes will depend<br />
heavily on U.S. choices. Will the<br />
United States resolve its debt problems<br />
without a resort to inflation?<br />
Can America establish long-term<br />
discipline over spending and its budget<br />
deficit? Is the country restoring a<br />
healthy financial sector capacity for<br />
innovation, liquidity, and returns,<br />
without producing the same risk of<br />
big bubbles and institutional breakdown?<br />
The dollar’s value will also<br />
depend on the extent to which we<br />
see the return of a dynamic, innovative<br />
private sector economy.<br />
Power relations are being questioned<br />
within countries as well. Central<br />
Banks have played a huge role in this<br />
crisis.<br />
Will democratic governments permit<br />
independent central banks to assume<br />
even more authority?<br />
The U.S. Congress was surprised to<br />
learn of the scope of the Federal
Reserve’s authority to create funds,<br />
buy assets, devise global swap lines,<br />
and make transactions outside the<br />
usual process for expending public<br />
monies.<br />
The Congress has had an uneasy<br />
relationship with banks and bankers<br />
since Alexander Hamilton. It took<br />
the United States until 1913 to set up<br />
a central bank. The Federal Reserve<br />
earned its hard-won independence<br />
over years of effort.<br />
So it should not be a surprise that<br />
American democracy is hesitating<br />
about authorizing the Fed to supervise<br />
systemic banking risks as well as<br />
operate monetary policy, adding to<br />
its power.<br />
In the United Kingdom there is a<br />
debate about the roles of the Bank<br />
of England and the Financial Services<br />
Authority. Euro-zone countries<br />
face the issue, too, with the added<br />
complexity of multiple national<br />
supervisory authorities. It is a topic<br />
for rising developing countries with<br />
increasingly developed banking and<br />
financial markets as well.<br />
Central banks performed impressively<br />
once the full force of the crisis hit.<br />
But there are reasonable questions<br />
about how they handled the buildup,<br />
including asset price inflation and<br />
significant failures of supervision.<br />
We have yet to see whether Cen-<br />
tral Banks can handle the recovery<br />
without letting inflation get out of<br />
control.<br />
Stanley Fischer, Israel’s central bank<br />
governor and a former IMF deputy,<br />
makes a case for combining the tools<br />
of monetary policy and prudential<br />
standards supervision in the central<br />
bank, based on organizational effectiveness.<br />
Others suggest that one<br />
function will inevitably be treated as<br />
a poor cousin, or that one authority<br />
for both magnifies the risk of errors<br />
without a second opinion. Some even<br />
suggest a conflict of interest.<br />
This debate will reflect different<br />
political traditions and attitudes<br />
towards banks and central banks. In<br />
the United States, it will be difficult<br />
to vest the independent and powerful<br />
technocrats at the Federal Reserve<br />
with more authority. My reading of<br />
recent crisis management is that the<br />
Treasury Department needed greater<br />
authority to pull together a bevy of<br />
different regulators. Moreover, the<br />
Treasury is an Executive department,<br />
and therefore Congress and the public<br />
can more directly oversee how it<br />
uses any added authority.<br />
Another legacy of Bretton Woods is<br />
our global trading system.<br />
Is it keeping up with the demands of<br />
the global economy? The answer is<br />
an unequivocal “no.”<br />
| 135
Supervision<br />
Looking at the positive side, the<br />
cataclysmic experiences of economic<br />
isolationism of the 1930s have cautioned<br />
most government not to risk<br />
a sequel. So far, traditional trade<br />
protectionism has been a low-grade<br />
fever. But the temperature is rising.<br />
The political economy of trade is<br />
epitomized by the “bicycle theory”:<br />
Given the local pulls of protectionist<br />
producers in most countries, the only<br />
way to counter their gravitational<br />
force is by forging forward with a liberalizing<br />
trade agenda. The potential<br />
gains of opening markets can then<br />
help mobilize interests that will counter<br />
those clamoring for barriers.<br />
Today the pedals are hardly moving<br />
the Doha Round in the WTO. Moreover,<br />
with an agenda framed almost<br />
a decade ago, the Doha Round is fast<br />
falling behind the new challenges.<br />
We should get the Doha Round done<br />
promptly – and then look ahead.<br />
The Doha Round could cut, discipline,<br />
and even eliminate some agricultural<br />
subsidies that for years were left<br />
outside the rules-based trading system.<br />
It could modestly open markets<br />
for manufacturing and agricultural<br />
goods in developed and major developing<br />
economies. It could “bind”<br />
barriers of major developing countries<br />
at much lower levels, increasing<br />
the sense of mutual contributions<br />
and limiting the risks of big jumps in<br />
136 |<br />
tariffs. The Doha Round could also<br />
open service markets and cut developed<br />
country tariff peaks that limit<br />
basic manufacturing and value-added<br />
production in poorer countries. The<br />
Round could correct rules that have<br />
been bent to limit trade too freely.<br />
These are real gains and would demonstrate<br />
the capability of developed<br />
and major emerging economies to<br />
compromise to achieve a mutual and<br />
systemic interest.<br />
Once Doha is achieved, we need<br />
to move quickly to a new agenda.<br />
Regional integration is part of globalization,<br />
but we need rules that enable<br />
countries to capture the benefits<br />
of deeper and comprehensive liberalization<br />
with others while encouraging<br />
an open regionalism. The WTO<br />
needs to support the climate change<br />
agenda without recourse to new carbon<br />
tariffs. We need counters against<br />
the financial and subsidy protectionism<br />
that arose out of the crisis. We<br />
need lower barriers to South-South<br />
trade. The services trade must be<br />
expanded to match the opportunities<br />
for development and growth. We<br />
need more help for the poorest countries<br />
that have been less able to seize<br />
growth opportunities from trade.<br />
The new agenda needs to build on<br />
early efforts by WTO’s Director General,<br />
Pascal Lamy, supported by the<br />
World Bank Group, to link trade facilitation<br />
to aid for trade. To capital-
ize on lower barriers to trade, poorer<br />
countries need: regional integration<br />
to build bigger markets and access<br />
for land-locked countries; energy;<br />
infrastructure; logistics systems; ready<br />
access to trade finance; assistance<br />
with standards; and streamlined<br />
customs and border procedures. It<br />
used to take two days for trucks to<br />
clear the border between Kenya and<br />
Uganda. Today, a one-stop border<br />
post that the World Bank helped<br />
establish has cut down the transfer<br />
time to two hours or less.<br />
The Bretton Woods system was<br />
forged by 44 countries at a time that<br />
power was concentrated in a small<br />
number of states. The great waves of<br />
decolonization were just stirring; the<br />
few developing countries were seen<br />
as objects, not subjects, of history.<br />
That world is long passed. The new<br />
realities of political economy demand<br />
a different system.<br />
What will be the role of developing<br />
countries after the crisis?<br />
The crisis has underscored the growing<br />
importance of the large emerging<br />
economies, especially China and<br />
India, but others as well. In effect,<br />
the world economy is being “rebalanced”<br />
toward the relative shares of<br />
some two hundred years ago, before<br />
the industrial revolution, plus a new<br />
North America.<br />
The rising developing economies<br />
should play a key role in the recovery.<br />
Most forecasters expect demand<br />
to be tepid, with a pullback by the<br />
U.S. consumer. Many developing<br />
countries could expand demand if<br />
they can get access to financing.<br />
They have fiscal space to borrow, but<br />
cannot get the volumes they need at<br />
reasonable prices without crowding<br />
out their private sectors. Moreover,<br />
the middle income countries are<br />
home to 70 percent of the world’s<br />
extreme poor. The World Bank Group<br />
and the regional development banks<br />
can assist.<br />
Looking beyond, a more balanced<br />
and inclusive growth model for the<br />
world would benefit from multiple<br />
poles of growth. With investments<br />
in infrastructure, people, and private<br />
businesses, countries in Latin America,<br />
Asia, and the broader Middle East<br />
could contribute to a “New Normal”<br />
for the world economy.<br />
Over time, Africa can also become a<br />
pole of growth. The messages I hear<br />
in most African countries are the<br />
same: Africans want energy, infrastructure,<br />
more productive agriculture,<br />
a dynamic private sector, and<br />
regionally integrated markets linked<br />
to open trade. It is a message one<br />
might have heard in a devastated<br />
Europe 60 years ago.<br />
| 137
Supervision<br />
Prior to the crisis, the growth rates<br />
of a number of African countries<br />
were achieving impressive levels with<br />
consistency. Coming out of the crisis,<br />
there could be a new opportunity.<br />
Some Chinese manufacturing firms,<br />
with government support, are considering<br />
shifting their basic production<br />
to Africa. The World Bank Group is<br />
working with China to explore the<br />
development of new industrial zones<br />
that match infrastructure, energy,<br />
and training with these ventures.<br />
China’s African prospects – which<br />
include resource development and infrastructure<br />
– are likely to be complemented<br />
by others. Brazil is interested<br />
in sharing its agricultural development<br />
experience. India is building<br />
railways. These are the early days of a<br />
trend that will build.<br />
The World Bank Group can offer<br />
a counterweight to financial and<br />
trade protectionism by supporting<br />
this development globally: We have<br />
launched a new Asset Management<br />
Corporation, through IFC, our private<br />
sector arm, to invest in banks, equity,<br />
infrastructure, and debt restructuring.<br />
We have a parallel effort to support<br />
and invest in the development<br />
of local currency bond markets. Longer<br />
term investors –such as sovereign<br />
and pension funds―now recognize<br />
that developed markets pose risks,<br />
too, and developing markets can offer<br />
good growth prospects.<br />
138 |<br />
Conclusion<br />
Coming out of this crisis, we have an<br />
opportunity to reshape our policies,<br />
architecture, and institutions. We<br />
have an opportunity to craft a new<br />
global system for a 21st Century of<br />
“Responsible Globalization” – one<br />
that would encourage balanced<br />
global growth and financial stability,<br />
embrace global efforts to counter<br />
climate change, and advance opportunity<br />
for the poorest. It means<br />
expanding the benefits of open markets<br />
and trade, investments, competition,<br />
innovation, entrepreneurialism,<br />
growth, information – and debates<br />
on ideas. It must be a globalization<br />
that is both inclusive and sustainable<br />
– expanding opportunity with care<br />
for the environment. Yet it won’t<br />
happen by itself.<br />
At the G-20 Summit in London in<br />
April, leaders stared into an economic<br />
abyss. The danger today is<br />
not freefall, but complacency. As the<br />
crisis wanes, it will be harder to press<br />
countries to cooperate in “building<br />
back better.” Peer review of a new<br />
Framework for Strong, Sustainable<br />
and Balanced Growth agreed at last<br />
week’s G-20 Summit is a good start,<br />
but it will require a new level of<br />
international cooperation and coordination,<br />
including a new willingness<br />
to take the findings of global<br />
monitoring seriously. Peer review will<br />
need to be peer pressure.
Climate change poses as early test. A<br />
key task at Copenhagen in December<br />
was to create incentives for developing<br />
countries to participate in low<br />
carbon growth. The decision-makers<br />
will need to frame an ongoing process<br />
that cuts greenhouse gases while<br />
encouraging technological change,<br />
adaptation, and growth.<br />
We need a system of international<br />
political economy that reflects a new<br />
multipolarity of growth. It needs to<br />
integrate rising economic powers<br />
as “responsible stakeholders” while<br />
recognizing that these countries are<br />
still home to hundreds of millions of<br />
poor and face staggering challenges<br />
of development. It needs to engage<br />
the energies and support of developed<br />
countries, whose publics feel<br />
the heavy burdens of debt, competitive<br />
anxieties, and feel that the new<br />
powers must share responsibilities.<br />
It needs to help offer a hand to<br />
the poorest and weakest countries,<br />
the 1.6 billion people who still live<br />
without electricity, and the “Bottom<br />
Billion” trapped in poverty because<br />
of conflict and broken governance.<br />
Global finance and currencies. The<br />
trading system. Inclusive and sustainable<br />
development. Climate change.<br />
States struggling with fragility and<br />
conflicts. And a host of other security<br />
issues. Each topic is important on its<br />
own. But each interconnects with the<br />
others.<br />
The countries of the world will never<br />
deal effectively with this agenda<br />
unless they cooperate. The economic<br />
multilateralism of another age does<br />
not reflect today’s realities. We need<br />
to modernize Multilateralism and<br />
Markets.<br />
As agreed in Pittsburgh, the G-20<br />
should become the premier forum<br />
for international economic cooperation<br />
among the advanced industrialized<br />
countries and rising powers. But<br />
it cannot be a stand-alone committee.<br />
Nor can it ignore the voices of<br />
the over 160 countries left outside.<br />
The G-20 should operate as a “Steering<br />
Group” across a network of countries<br />
and international institutions. It<br />
could recognize the interconnections<br />
among issues and foster points of<br />
mutual interest. This system cannot<br />
be hierarchical, and it should not be<br />
bureaucratic. If given a push, the topics<br />
could be pursued through other<br />
negotiating groups, international<br />
regimes, or global and regional institutions.<br />
The IMF, World Bank Group,<br />
WTO, Financial Stability Board, and<br />
UN bodies could alert countries to issues,<br />
provide analyses, build cooperative<br />
solutions, and help execute the<br />
policies.<br />
To be effective and strengthen their<br />
legitimacy, the international institutions<br />
must also evolve. Their voting<br />
shares should reflect the weights<br />
| 139
Supervision<br />
140 |<br />
and new responsibilities of emerging<br />
powers, while assuring a voice for<br />
the poor. They need the transparency<br />
and agility to work within networks<br />
of private businesses, foundations,<br />
and civil societies, as well as with one<br />
another.<br />
The old international economic<br />
order was struggling to keep up with<br />
change before the crisis. Today’s<br />
upheaval has revealed the stark gaps<br />
and compelling needs. It is time we<br />
caught up and moved ahead.<br />
The question is whether leaders can<br />
cooperate in steering the changes.<br />
They will be drawn to the interests of<br />
the national publics they represent,<br />
as they should. Yet they also will be<br />
challenged to recognize and build<br />
common interests, not only case-bycase,<br />
but through institutions reflecting<br />
a “Responsible Globalization.”<br />
Bretton Woods is being overhauled<br />
before our eyes. This time, it will<br />
take longer than three weeks in New<br />
Hampshire. It will have more participants.<br />
But it is just as necessary. The<br />
next upheaval, whatever it may be,<br />
is taking form now. Shape it or be<br />
shaped by it.<br />
With thanks to SAIC for the text.
5. Communication:<br />
The Finance Sector Needs a New Media Strategy<br />
5.1. The End of Financial Market Communication<br />
Dominance<br />
By Richard Gaul<br />
The crisis in the world economy will<br />
also bring to a close a chapter in business<br />
communication: the chapter of<br />
the dominance of financial market<br />
communication. The focus on, and<br />
often even reduction of, business<br />
reporting to purely financial figures<br />
has proven to have been a step in<br />
the wrong direction. Business cannot<br />
only be described by means of balance<br />
sheet figures and percentage<br />
calculations.<br />
A company, or a national economy,<br />
consists of much more than can be<br />
described on a balance sheet – not<br />
to mention by a market rate or a<br />
gross national product ranking. The<br />
overwhelming majority of employees<br />
in industry and the service sector do<br />
not only strive for increased revenues<br />
or better share prices: they looked,<br />
and still look, for much more in their<br />
workplace – identity and values, selffulfilment<br />
and success which cannot<br />
be captured and summarised only in<br />
figures.<br />
In order to be able to change course<br />
and steer in the right direction, there<br />
must first of all be clarity regarding<br />
the markers which for the last thirty<br />
years have caused correspondents to<br />
be ever further misled.<br />
Firstly, there is the ever growing<br />
number of stock exchange rules<br />
and legislation developed from<br />
honest and good intentions. The<br />
overly close proximity of American<br />
regulations for trading on the stock<br />
exchanges in Europe (Germany for<br />
instance includes in its legal texts a<br />
Financial Market Development Act<br />
(Finanzmarktförderungsgesetz) and<br />
an Investor Protection Improvement<br />
Act (Anlegerschutzverbesserungsgesetz))<br />
gave the deceptive illusion<br />
that, with an abundance of numbers,<br />
even the truth of the position of a<br />
company could be made public. The<br />
US stock exchange supervisory body,<br />
the SEC, did its bit and gave the public<br />
the impression that all the listed<br />
companies in the US were very precisely<br />
audited. Compulsory quarterly<br />
reports, which in some cases even<br />
turned into outright quarterly financial<br />
statements, forced companies to<br />
painstakingly produce a plethora of<br />
lists of long columns of figures every<br />
quarter – thus also forcing management<br />
to an ongoing preoccupation<br />
with numbers rather than focussing<br />
| 141
Communication<br />
on setting strategic goals for their<br />
company.<br />
These quarterly reports were, in turn,<br />
welcome material for hundreds of<br />
analysts and journalists for producing<br />
clever analyses of the state of a<br />
company. However, with this almost<br />
exclusive focus on these figures the<br />
actual situation and position of the<br />
company was lost sight of.<br />
Some ten years ago the new market<br />
gave cause for also inculcating this<br />
faith in numbers in a wide spectrum<br />
of the public: the mass media and<br />
television also discovered the stock<br />
markets as an arena for their reporting.<br />
The criteria for judgements became<br />
simpler by the day: a plus sign<br />
became proof of success – a minus<br />
sign documented failure.<br />
This tremendous simplification,<br />
however, unfortunately remains par<br />
for the course in many media today<br />
– add “still” for a sense of optimism:<br />
business reporting on television still<br />
takes place almost exclusively from<br />
the trading floors; “Börse im Ersten“<br />
(a German television programme<br />
reporting on the stock market) is in<br />
Germany often still the only news<br />
format in which business is actually<br />
reported on at all during prime time;<br />
analysts are still often called to the<br />
witness stand, without their own<br />
research or even any own expertise,<br />
again backing up their opinions with<br />
142 |<br />
numbers games; the moderators of<br />
the morning news radio broadcasts<br />
still call analysts from various banks<br />
by phone, including the small-town<br />
local Sparkasse, to discuss almost all<br />
business-related topics – instead of<br />
making their own judgements.<br />
And even politics has largely given<br />
itself over to these rules of the game:<br />
expert discussions with “business“ are<br />
only portrayed effectively in the media<br />
if the largest possible number of<br />
the largest publicly listed companies<br />
participate with their top managers<br />
– chairpersons of the Board have<br />
from time to time become business<br />
celebrities. And then, for instance,<br />
rumours of some minister would be<br />
discussed with the personnel directors<br />
of blue chip companies. At the<br />
same time, for instance in Germany,<br />
the vast majority of employees are<br />
not employed by these companies<br />
– this hugely important role played<br />
by German medium-sized companies<br />
is only pointed to for other companies<br />
– with far less media impact.<br />
The ratings agencies then also gave<br />
their blessings to these number<br />
crunchers – these stamps of approval<br />
feigned a neutrality and respectability<br />
they never had before.<br />
This fascination with figures reached<br />
its high point with the worldwide<br />
acceptance of the new accounting<br />
regulations. In the good old days of<br />
the German Commercial Code (HGB
– Handelsgesetzbuch) assets had to<br />
be recognised on the balance sheet<br />
at their acquisition cost. The rise or<br />
fall of portfolio share prices was only<br />
moderately reflected on the balance<br />
sheets of, for instance, banks after a<br />
considerable delay. With the conversion<br />
to the international accounting<br />
standards a few years ago (now: “International<br />
Financial Reporting Standards<br />
– IFRS“) these amounts must<br />
now be stated at the closing rate.<br />
This can, as has often happened in<br />
the past, lead to enormous accounting<br />
profits – and today this leads to<br />
gigantic accounting losses.<br />
This change in accounting regulations<br />
– which, incidentally, was<br />
politically desired – is also one of the<br />
reasons for the markedly over-proportional<br />
increase in the emoluments<br />
of managers at listed public companies:<br />
many Board members’ contracts<br />
included clauses for the calculation<br />
of bonuses based on the profits that<br />
companies made. This was already<br />
prevalent in the times of accounting<br />
in accordance with the German<br />
Commercial Code. Due to the new<br />
accounting regulations these profits<br />
also increased substantially in recent<br />
years – and with it the so-called<br />
management salaries. The profits of<br />
Porsche, for example, which in the<br />
prior financial year notched up more<br />
than six billion euros in its portfolio<br />
due to the valuation of Volkswagen<br />
shares would, according to the old<br />
HGB method of accounting, only<br />
have reached – nevertheless a very<br />
respectable – one billion; the annual<br />
income of the six-person Porsche<br />
Board would then have only been<br />
a fraction of the then published 112<br />
million euros.<br />
Left out entirely was the reality of<br />
the business and of the companies<br />
due to the further reduction to share<br />
prices by the already misleading<br />
number crunching. The successes or<br />
woes of a company, when evaluated<br />
by public opinion, were almost<br />
only decided by the valuation on the<br />
stock exchange. Other criteria such<br />
as sustainable product strategies,<br />
high-performing staff complements,<br />
competitive locations or bold investment<br />
policies did not appear to play<br />
any role in these judgements.<br />
In the process it is of course undisputed<br />
that the price of a particular<br />
share would also be a criterion for<br />
evaluating a company – but only as<br />
ONE criterion and not the only one<br />
and sometimes, maybe not even the<br />
most important criterion in a particular<br />
period.<br />
But there are now more and more<br />
signs indicating that a paradigm shift<br />
in business reporting is imminent.<br />
The debate around “new values”,<br />
which, in very many cases, is actually<br />
only about a return to the old values<br />
and traditions, points the new way<br />
ahead. Forward-looking business<br />
| 143
Communication<br />
144 |<br />
leaders are taking part in this debate<br />
and driving it forward.<br />
The realities of business will therefore,<br />
in the future, have a greater<br />
chance of also being brought to a<br />
broad spectrum of the public. An<br />
understanding of business and companies<br />
will then be able to develop,<br />
although it will not silence the<br />
criticisms of bad corporate decisionmaking.<br />
But it will make it more<br />
objective.<br />
This process is only just starting now<br />
– but the commentaries from the<br />
trading floors on radio and on television<br />
already now sometimes feel as<br />
if they hail from another, long past<br />
age.
5.2. Let’s Have a Dream: Media Becoming<br />
Triggers!<br />
Interview with Michel Ogrizek<br />
1) As Risk-Expert: with which other<br />
crisis would you compare the <strong>Trust</strong><br />
<strong>Meltdown</strong> for the finance sector?<br />
Structurally, this crisis could be compared<br />
to other ‚domino-effect crises‘.<br />
The reference in this domain is the<br />
Vietnam war. Ideological approach<br />
combined with massive injection of<br />
money and means do not dry up the<br />
genuine source of such crises. This<br />
is indeed like searching for a peace<br />
deal, the only way to manage and<br />
find an end to the present financial<br />
crisis is political. Having said that, THE<br />
question mark remains: will the global<br />
decision makers be courageous<br />
enough to assume their leadership<br />
role? If not, the trust meltdown for<br />
the finance sector will increase and<br />
the public opinion will put the blame<br />
on governments – they are taking the<br />
risk not to be re-elected.<br />
2) What have been the major mistakes?<br />
The major mistake done by the<br />
economists has been to believe that<br />
‘making money with money’ represents<br />
a progress for the development<br />
of capitalism, because logically<br />
responsive to the globalization. The<br />
politicians have made the mistake<br />
to accept two fundamental conse-<br />
quences of the genetically modified<br />
democratic system called ‚liberalism‘:<br />
1. the confusion between ‚profit‘ and<br />
‚value‘ when evaluating sustainable<br />
growth of wealth on the market and<br />
in society 2. the growing dissociation<br />
between a real world rooted in tangible<br />
economic assets and a virtual<br />
world that over promotes, sells and<br />
buys intangible assets – this gap has<br />
been widen by the greed of key players<br />
such as global investment banks<br />
and by the lack of sound financial<br />
knowledge amongst political leaders.<br />
Furthermore, it has been accelerated<br />
by internet communications.<br />
You could compare all this process as<br />
the stall of an aircraft, which always<br />
occurs when the full engine power<br />
can‘t compensate anymore a too fast<br />
reach of a high altitude, worsen here<br />
by two additional factors: dirts in the<br />
fuel and traders as co-pilots.<br />
3) Listening to some of the CEO’s in<br />
charge they claim it was unpredictable.<br />
Would you agree?<br />
In the 20 th century, no expert – even<br />
the best Kremlinologists – anticipated<br />
the Perestroika and the fall of<br />
the Berlin Wall! The problem with<br />
experts is that they are often judges<br />
and parties. Being part of the system<br />
| 145
Communication<br />
and living from it, they can’t afford<br />
to think and act outside the box. Today,<br />
who is in charge of solving the<br />
financial crisis? The ‘usual suspects’…<br />
4) You have served some time at an<br />
investment bank: can you identify<br />
communication patterns leading to<br />
these mistakes?<br />
The financial services’ culture is<br />
founded on an apartheid system:<br />
segregation between the bankers<br />
who are controlling the business on<br />
earth, and workers who belong to<br />
the so-called ‘back office’ situated<br />
underground. Ethical Compliance and<br />
Corporate Communications are in<br />
fact relegated to the back-office. This<br />
means that internally, the top bankers<br />
have always the last say. Most<br />
of the leaders in the financial sector<br />
have not yet fully understood they<br />
can’t anymore make deals on the<br />
market, without being accepted by<br />
the society. They are taking a huge<br />
risk: losing their ‘license to operate’.<br />
5) How and where would you start<br />
the changing process?<br />
New regulations, fines and taxes will<br />
not change profoundly the rules of<br />
the game. We are facing more than<br />
a mindset or a moral issue in Wall<br />
Street or Broadgate, but a global cultural<br />
disease. Here, don’t misunderstand<br />
my remark. I am not stigmatizing<br />
the Anglo-Saxon culture and I am<br />
not saying this is indeed at the origin<br />
of the financial crisis. No. Neverthe-<br />
146 |<br />
less, I strongly believe that only deep<br />
epistemological ruptures will be able<br />
to change the global financial game.<br />
Some external forces are already in<br />
action.<br />
Let me sum up in a few words. Today,<br />
„In God we trust“ is the tagline<br />
on every US Dollar bills. According to<br />
Max Weber, capitalism has been built<br />
on Protestant values and networks. If<br />
you consider the demographic evolution<br />
in the USA, it is obvious that the<br />
Hispanic population is growing at<br />
fast rate and will reach a threshold of<br />
political and business influence in less<br />
than 20 years. Hispanic population is<br />
mostly Catholic. This will generate a<br />
lot of political changes on how public<br />
and private finances should be used,<br />
especially in the area of Health and<br />
Social Assistance. At the same time,<br />
World will become more global and<br />
increasingly the USA and the Western<br />
World will become the financial<br />
and economic hostage of Mainland<br />
China. In the Chinese society, Confucianism<br />
is rising from its ashes with<br />
the benediction of the Authorities.<br />
Confucianism values offer new business<br />
opportunities for the Financial<br />
Sector, in particular in long term<br />
and secured investments such as Life<br />
Insurance and Private Equity for the<br />
benefit of families and descendants.<br />
More important, it will change the<br />
way money is managed as a strategic<br />
political weapon. What will be then<br />
the margins of maneuver of Central
and Private Banks to negotiate? Nobody<br />
knows at this stage – probably<br />
little. On the other hand, there is a<br />
strong cultural pattern of ‘gambling’<br />
in China – this might induce new<br />
uncertainties on stock markets.<br />
6) What needs to be changed within<br />
the relationship Board-Communication<br />
Department?<br />
Every leader will tell you that communications<br />
are of paramount importance<br />
in our World! And when you<br />
look at Boards level, no communications<br />
expert has a seat. Is this a question<br />
of lack of knowledge in financial<br />
matters? I guess ‘not’. Otherwise,<br />
how to explain the presence of an<br />
Admiral on the late Lehman Brothers’<br />
board? Heads of Communications<br />
should be permanent member of Executive<br />
Committees and well-known<br />
Communications Experts should join<br />
the Boards – this will avoid a lot of<br />
mistakes in communicating and a<br />
lot of pitfalls in managing corporate<br />
reputation.<br />
7) What needs to be changed within<br />
the relationship to the Media themselves?<br />
The financial crisis has confirmed that<br />
media are ‘followers’. Let’s have a<br />
dream: media becoming triggers!<br />
8) While following the crisis: do you<br />
feel informed?<br />
All depends on which channels you<br />
are using for getting the news. In the<br />
US, a recent study has shown that<br />
the so called traditional media are<br />
still the main source of information<br />
– and that new media are indeed<br />
mostly ‘brokers’. Here, let’s meditate<br />
the famous quote of Lao-Tzu: „He,<br />
who knows, does not speak. He, who<br />
speaks, does not know“. This is particularly<br />
true in the financial sector!<br />
9) What type of information should<br />
get more space in future helping you<br />
to build your own opinion?<br />
If somebody would be able to establish<br />
a fair correlation between core<br />
media information and financial<br />
markets’ trends, I would read the<br />
media very differently! In the mean<br />
time, let’s enjoy the ‘life style’ pages<br />
and the FT supplement “How to<br />
spend it“!<br />
10) How do you see the options for<br />
the banking industry to regain trust?<br />
I am afraid this is a hopeless challenge<br />
for the coming ten years, at<br />
least – and even furthermore, so<br />
long bankers don’t accept the basic<br />
idea that they are also members of a<br />
society and not necessarily the masters<br />
of the universe. To be respected<br />
and trusted by billions of Mrs. and<br />
Mr. Nobody, they should shift from<br />
glorious egocentric Philanthropy to<br />
everyday Corporate Social Responsibility...<br />
To end this interview, let me tell you<br />
here a great story, which is reported<br />
| 147
Communication<br />
148 |<br />
by Joseph Klatzmann in his book<br />
“The Jewish Humour“: A man asks<br />
a rabbi why the rich persons are so<br />
egoistic and greedy. “Look through<br />
the window. What do you see?“<br />
requests the rabbi. “I see people<br />
who pass in the street.“ “Take this<br />
mirror now. What do you see?” “I see<br />
myself“. “The window and the mirror<br />
are made of the same glass. However,<br />
it is enough to give a silvery sheen<br />
to the glass and one sees nothing any<br />
more, but oneself”, concludes the<br />
rabbi.
<strong>Trust</strong> and Credulity, Sin and Suspicion<br />
6. <strong>Trust</strong> and Credulity, Sin and Suspicion:<br />
Must the Crisis of <strong>Trust</strong> lead to a Society<br />
of Suspicion?<br />
By Canon Alistair Macdonald-Radcliff<br />
“Doing God’s work” is an arresting<br />
way for one of the world’s leading<br />
bankers to describe his activities to<br />
The Times of London in an interview<br />
in November 2009. Certainly, it must<br />
be allowed that if such is his work<br />
there is no business like God’s business,<br />
since, for Mr. Lloyd Blankfein,<br />
Chairman and CEO of Goldman Sachs<br />
the last year has been especially<br />
profitable, despite the wider context<br />
of calamity. But all these new banking<br />
profits have happened at a time<br />
when trust in bankers has hit an alltime<br />
low and they are widely blamed<br />
for even precipitating the global<br />
financial crisis.<br />
Yet in their recent evidence to the<br />
Financial Crisis Inquiry Commission in<br />
Washington, the heads of JP Morgan,<br />
Goldman Sachs, Morgan Stanley and<br />
the Bank of America would have<br />
none of this. In the words of The<br />
Guardian commentator, Dan Roberts<br />
“The script has definitely gone<br />
around: blame everyone else and<br />
talk up your own bank.” Thus it was<br />
that they variously blamed “lack of<br />
regulation, lack of oversight in the<br />
mortgage market, pro-cyclical bank-<br />
ing rules, macro economic factors,<br />
underlying weaknesses, trade imbalances<br />
etc. Everything, in fact, except<br />
the behaviour of highly-incentivised<br />
Wall Street bankers.”<br />
Perhaps the theologically minded<br />
Mr. Blankfein had in mind a previous<br />
script, where Adam blamed Eve and<br />
Eve blamed the serpent for causing<br />
them to eat of the forbidden fruit. If<br />
so, however, he should have remembered<br />
too that it was upon eating<br />
that fruit that Adam and Eve realized<br />
that they had no clothes and were<br />
soon to face an altogether harsher<br />
climate and exclusion from the previously<br />
effortless abundance of their<br />
garden of Eden.<br />
Certainly it is clear that for the banks<br />
and other leading financial institutions<br />
merely to say that “the past is<br />
the past, we are basically good and<br />
you should trust us” will not suffice.<br />
But it is important too to recognize<br />
that thinking about how to negotiate<br />
the challenges more successfully<br />
in ways that can both be practically<br />
applied and bring about sustainable<br />
improved performance is far from<br />
| 149
<strong>Trust</strong> and Credulity, Sin and Suspicion<br />
easy given the prevailing cultural terrain.<br />
Nonetheless, it is possible to be<br />
clear about the following needs:<br />
• errors and wrongs need to be identified<br />
and acknowledged;<br />
• corrective steps need to be taken in<br />
terms of regulation and oversight;<br />
• to prevent a culture of concealment<br />
procedures that allow for<br />
rehabilitation and recovery must be<br />
put in place also;<br />
• attention must be paid to those<br />
most harmed by past errors.<br />
But before these steps can begin and<br />
as fingers start to point, we might all<br />
do well to remember the words addressed<br />
to the Galatians (6, 1) “Brothers,<br />
if someone is caught in a sin, you<br />
who are spiritual should restore him<br />
gently. But watch yourself, or you<br />
also may be tempted.”<br />
The word “sin” may be a good point<br />
from which to start even if it is<br />
nowadays almost shocking because<br />
it is so unfamiliar. Indeed, the only<br />
time it is at all commonly encountered<br />
is when people say it might<br />
be sinful when they begin to eat a<br />
dessert. Yet the concepts of greed,<br />
dishonesty and even theft are hardy<br />
perennials since the time of Eden and<br />
they clearly need to be considered<br />
amidst the present woes, since a key<br />
step required before reform can be<br />
accomplished I Nonetheless, it must<br />
be conceded that the prevailing cul-<br />
150 |<br />
ture certainly does confront us with<br />
a fascinating assortment of tensive<br />
tendencies if not downright contradictions<br />
within which to work.<br />
Western culture, in particular, seems<br />
to pride itself on being ever more<br />
widely permissive, on the one hand,<br />
while on the other, it is ever less<br />
forgiving, to the point that some<br />
have suggested that it “permits<br />
everything but forgives nothing”. It<br />
should be no surprise therefore that<br />
it is being “found out” that often<br />
seems to be the greater error, not<br />
what was done before hand. To<br />
counterbalance this, we seem intent<br />
on devising ever more relentless and<br />
intrusive means of achieving “transparency”<br />
and accountability. Quite<br />
literally at airports, the new scanning<br />
technology can see through even our<br />
clothing, and in some countries, like<br />
Britain, there is at least one security<br />
camera for every eight citizens. On<br />
another level, it will soon be impossible<br />
to do anything and still less to<br />
write it without it being for ever<br />
potentially available for later public<br />
recall. Anyone who demurs in the<br />
name of the fast dying concept of<br />
privacy has to answer the immediate<br />
repost of “what is it that you would<br />
like to hide?” Yet, in fact increased<br />
surveillance lowers the level of trust,<br />
and increases suspicion. Instead of<br />
ever greater knowledge supporting<br />
greater confidence, we find that it is<br />
fear and doubt that are on the rise
as the abundant data and statistics<br />
provided in this volume attest.<br />
In the midst of all this, the media responds<br />
to a rapacious public demand<br />
for the exposé, knowing well the entertainment<br />
value of laying bare the<br />
duplicities and failings of institutions<br />
and public figures. This reflects our<br />
frank enjoyment of a good scandal<br />
and our schadenfreude at the fall of<br />
the mighty. But behind this there is<br />
too an implicit but growing presumption<br />
that the ultimate sin is hypocrisy.<br />
This has a dark side, for while it is<br />
true that wrongdoing is compounded<br />
by concealment, the cover-up should<br />
not normally be seen as the real<br />
crime. If hypocrisy is indeed the tribute<br />
that vice pays to virtue it should<br />
not be allowed to distract from<br />
deeper error. An overemphasis upon<br />
hypocrisy can be used with ratchetlike<br />
effect to erode overall standards<br />
of behaviour on the basis that rather<br />
than have people uphold a principle<br />
– which they sometimes find it hard<br />
not to break – it is better to abandon<br />
the principle itself, since then there<br />
will be no hypocrisy. To let a principle<br />
fall simply because people tend to<br />
break it from time to time is merely<br />
to leave the boundaries of what is<br />
permitted forever expanding and<br />
undefined.<br />
To add to all the confusion, the very<br />
language of “right” and “wrong”,<br />
“true” and “false” is now itself<br />
widely avoided. There seems to be a<br />
feeling (naturally) that such language<br />
is somehow out of place. People<br />
speak instead of being “uncomfortable”<br />
about what they actually think<br />
is wrong. It is surely no accident that<br />
we find ourselves using the language<br />
of comfort instead of the harder<br />
one of “right and wrong”, “true<br />
and false”, for it reflects not merely<br />
a “comfort driven society” but an<br />
ultimately philosophical doubt that<br />
we can set out a basis, which we can<br />
actually justify, for the good and the<br />
true any more than the beautiful.<br />
We seem unsure that we have access<br />
to the way things are independent<br />
of our thought about them and thus<br />
imagine that perhaps all we are<br />
left with is ultimately emotion and<br />
preference. If all art is of equal merit<br />
why shouldn’t all actions be of equal<br />
value too, aside from our responses<br />
to them? And if that is the case, then<br />
there can indeed be no crime, as<br />
such, beyond that of getting caught.<br />
In sum, we apparently think that<br />
we are basically good and are yet<br />
ever more condemnatory of error<br />
and strident about hypocrisy while<br />
demanding ever more elaborate<br />
processes to achieve transparency.<br />
But at the same time, we are not sure<br />
there are many, or even any, ultimate<br />
boundaries to conduct which we can<br />
warrant beyond the levels of mere<br />
pragmatism and preference.<br />
| 151
<strong>Trust</strong> and Credulity, Sin and Suspicion<br />
Yet, despite all this, there are two<br />
happy thoughts to which we seem<br />
to cling with surprising conviction.<br />
The first is that, through it all, we are<br />
making progress. Not that people<br />
would suggest by this some sort of<br />
“excessive” optimism, we may be<br />
sure, along the lines of believing<br />
that “every day in every way we are<br />
getting and better” but, nonetheless,<br />
there seems to be a certain quietly<br />
held and cosy presumption that the<br />
continuity of progress is a given part<br />
of how the world is. And then, in<br />
the second place, there is the further<br />
gratifying if surprising presumption<br />
that we apportion our beliefs to the<br />
evidence we have considered.<br />
On reflection it ought to be a matter<br />
for surprise that we have supposed<br />
we could hold all these ideas together<br />
without signs of tension. After<br />
all, one might have thought that the<br />
evidence around us and the course of<br />
human history – upon even a cursory<br />
examination― might have given<br />
grounds for hesitation. But hitherto,<br />
it would appear that consistency was<br />
indeed but the “hobgoblin of small<br />
minds” and that we have been happy<br />
to rest content and journey on upon<br />
our way. At least until now, when it<br />
seems we are having a collective and<br />
corporate crise de foi as we finally<br />
see that we have a problem. All this<br />
is crystalised in our present crisis of<br />
trust precipitated by the financial<br />
crash. Such is the magnitude of the<br />
152 |<br />
crisis that in an act of true desperation<br />
there are sudden calls for “values”<br />
and even for religion to supply<br />
anew these apparently forgotten<br />
things !<br />
Needless to say, none of this is in fact<br />
very new. The novelty lies merely in<br />
the context and the particulars of the<br />
precipitating crisis. As long ago as the<br />
fourth century BC we were presented<br />
with a relevant image by Glaucon<br />
the brother of Plato who tells not<br />
of a banker at that time but instead<br />
of the shepherd Gyges who found<br />
a gold ring which had the ability to<br />
make him invisible when placed on<br />
his finger. On realising the ring’s<br />
power, Gyges used it to seduce the<br />
queen, murder the king, and take the<br />
throne.<br />
Glaucon took this to illustrate his<br />
contention that however law-abiding<br />
and good we may appear, we would<br />
all do as Gyges did, albeit in probably<br />
a less dramatic fashion, to serve our<br />
self-interest, if we could avoid detection<br />
and punishment. And, Glaucon<br />
went on to make the even more dramatic<br />
claim, that we would be right<br />
to do so, since each human being’s<br />
only interest is their own self-interest,<br />
and we have no interest in justice<br />
and morality for their own sakes.<br />
Surely, this is the nub of the present<br />
matter. For why should we ever trust<br />
others if we think that only the fear
of detection and punishment is preventing<br />
them from harming, stealing<br />
from and betraying us? A constant<br />
quest to ensure detection and punishment,<br />
while proper and necessary,<br />
will in the end fail if that is all that<br />
we do. It will never warrant real trust<br />
and will leave us on an endless and<br />
ultimately fruitless quest. Just as in<br />
the case of airport security, if all the<br />
focus moves to finding the bomb and<br />
not the bomber and, even more important,<br />
what it is that is making the<br />
bomber want to explode the bomb,<br />
true security will never be the result.<br />
Such a perspective risks creating a<br />
wider economy of fear, for when<br />
we doubt that others have enough<br />
such fear, we are likely to think that<br />
we should be prepared to pre-empt<br />
their attacks with our own. But<br />
then, since they can anticipate that<br />
we will be prepared to do this, they<br />
should logically be expected to take<br />
measures to resist and overcome our<br />
attacks. The predictable result will be<br />
a downward spiral, that can only end<br />
with the triumph of the most ruthless<br />
and brutal. In such a context, life may<br />
well come to fulfill the Hobbesian<br />
picture of being “nasty, brutish and<br />
short”.<br />
But merely because such a perspective<br />
is sad and disagreeable does not<br />
in any way refute it or show it to be<br />
wrong. We must deal with the world<br />
as it is and not as we might wish it<br />
to be, since mere recourse to some<br />
fantasy is unlikely to be sustainable.<br />
For this reason we have good cause<br />
to be highly suspicious of the mere<br />
instrumental invocation of religion<br />
as though it were some last straw at<br />
which to clutch before we finally sink<br />
into the beckoning chaos. To change<br />
the image (after Marx), it is not a<br />
favour to anyone if we see religion<br />
as merely the source of a convenient<br />
opiate by which to keep wrongdoers<br />
at bay and ourselves numb to life’s<br />
harsher realities. Religion should<br />
only be invoked if it has a unique<br />
and true contribution to make and<br />
we are willing to embrace the entire<br />
moral economy that it may offer,<br />
such as that from acknowledgment<br />
of error through to the possibility of<br />
rehabilitation and redemption .<br />
In addition, it is entirely evident that<br />
many of the egregious episodes of<br />
misbehaviour that contributed to<br />
the recent financial crisis were in no<br />
sense morally obscure –greed is not<br />
a novelty! And it is implausible to<br />
suppose that the perpetrators are<br />
saying “If only I had known! Someone<br />
should have told me what I<br />
really needed was a new set of values<br />
and a new source of moral insight!”<br />
Nonetheless, a good case can be<br />
made for seeing religion as providing<br />
a necessary adjunct and context for<br />
the moral, but it needs to be carefully<br />
made if it is to be useful and<br />
to provide more than a mere source<br />
of vocabulary for the right and the<br />
| 153
<strong>Trust</strong> and Credulity, Sin and Suspicion<br />
wrong –as and when we tire of the<br />
comfortable, the uncomfortable and<br />
even perhaps the insensitive.<br />
But let us first go back to a vital point<br />
at hand, namely that we all do, in<br />
fact, have a basic understanding of<br />
what trust is, even though fully articulating<br />
what it involves and what<br />
an adequate grounding for it may require<br />
is problematic. The simple fact<br />
that trust is possible is an important<br />
starting point. If, in the face of the<br />
possibility of trust we hold to the picture<br />
of human beings as moved only<br />
by gross self-interest many of our<br />
most valuable cooperative activities<br />
will seem to be irrational, and will<br />
seem to persist only through blind<br />
habit or irrational hope. Such quotidian<br />
matters as a visit to the doctor<br />
and other professional relationships,<br />
not to mention friendships will all be<br />
suffused by doubt and mistrust and<br />
the corrosive anxiety that perhaps we<br />
should get in first before they attack<br />
us or otherwise diminish us in some<br />
way.<br />
The reality of the possibility of trust<br />
thus makes it evident that human<br />
beings may take responsibility for the<br />
ways in which their behaviour influences<br />
others and their decisions in<br />
ways that transcend the immediately<br />
egocentric. This may further point<br />
towards a way of explaining how<br />
trust can be in a deep sense rational,<br />
which in turn can offer an opening<br />
154 |<br />
to the possibility that trust can be<br />
genuinely and successfully promoted<br />
and maintained.<br />
When we trust others, we have<br />
confidence in them such that we feel<br />
we can rely upon them to do or take<br />
care of something about which we<br />
are concerned, even though they are<br />
in a position not to do it, or to harm<br />
or damage it, or even take it from us,<br />
if they wished. This entails that the<br />
act of trust is one in which we make<br />
ourselves vulnerable but we do so in<br />
the confidence that the recipient of<br />
our trust will not exploit this vulnerability,<br />
and more widely, that this<br />
person will actively take care of what<br />
we make vulnerable.<br />
This last point about vulnerability is<br />
important. It makes clear that trust<br />
always involves risk. It always involves<br />
the risk that the trusted person will<br />
not do what is required for the trusting<br />
person. And that is necessarily<br />
the case since, if there were a guarantee,<br />
then there would be no need<br />
for trust in the first place and the fact<br />
is that those in whom we trust have<br />
a choice as to whether they fulfill<br />
the trust. Since there is risk, there is<br />
also therefore danger, for in trusting<br />
we risk the loss of the things that we<br />
entrust to others, including potentially<br />
our self-respect as a person<br />
able to make such judgments about<br />
whom to trust –something which can<br />
be shattered by the betrayal of our
trust. (And just to be clear it is not<br />
suggested therefore that all doctors<br />
and other professionals carry a warning<br />
label stating that “trustworthiness<br />
may go down as well as up and<br />
you are advised that past performance<br />
is no absolute guarantee of<br />
future conduct”)<br />
But what about religion?<br />
It is interesting at a time of rampant<br />
and aggressive secularism in the<br />
western world to find religion being<br />
again widely invoked as a source of<br />
moral insight. This is certainly something<br />
that most religious traditions<br />
have historically seen themselves as<br />
supplying, but there are particular<br />
challenges within a context of pluralism.<br />
Unless all religions are deemed<br />
somehow to point to some common<br />
ethical insights the question of how<br />
they mutually relate will be important.<br />
It seems implausible to imagine<br />
that they do in fact all share exactly<br />
the same moral views, indeed in<br />
many cases they have often claimed<br />
that they offer a unique moral vision.<br />
Thus it is possible to hear of<br />
such things spoken of as a uniquely<br />
Christian or Muslim ethic yet, insofar<br />
as they lay claim to insights not<br />
otherwise available, then it is open to<br />
question just why people of another<br />
or no faith should feel these insights<br />
to be normative for them?<br />
Unless a basis for adopting whatever<br />
principles are proposed can<br />
be articulated upon a basis all can<br />
share, why should non-believers<br />
agree with them? But then, insofar<br />
as such a process can be successfully<br />
attempted, what meaning does it<br />
still have to speak of a specifically<br />
Christian or Muslim ethic (to cite but<br />
two possibilities)? Again, if it is suggested<br />
that the good will ultimately<br />
be that which is most conducive to<br />
human flourishing, for example, does<br />
this not risk reducing all of ethics to<br />
a form of utilitarianism or at least<br />
consequentialism?<br />
Space does not allow these issues to<br />
be adequately addressed here, but<br />
one possibility may lie in suggesting<br />
that the key to the uniqueness of a<br />
religious tradition’s moral insights<br />
may lie in the overall perspective it<br />
makes possible as much as in the particularities<br />
of its ethical injunctions.<br />
Thus the possibility of a redeemed<br />
world, and the consequent possibility<br />
of hope and ultimate meaning which<br />
this implies, may constitute a perspective<br />
upon morality that is unique<br />
and which can both occasion insights<br />
not otherwise available. It can also<br />
point to a grounding for the moral<br />
itself that lies far more deeply rooted<br />
than in the mere vagaries of our<br />
emotional responses and preferences.<br />
This in no way precludes subjecting<br />
the principles derived to the kinds<br />
of test already mentioned, in terms<br />
of human flourishing and so forth.<br />
| 155
<strong>Trust</strong> and Credulity, Sin and Suspicion<br />
In addition, there can be a powerful<br />
message of humility, insofar as<br />
religion may well point out that<br />
mankind is not presently by nature<br />
immaculate nor perfectible by means<br />
of our own powers alone. Above<br />
all, there is an immensely powerful<br />
perspective presented by the<br />
understanding of ourselves and the<br />
universe as one in which we have our<br />
being as created by God. The understanding<br />
of God , in the particular<br />
case of Christianity and Judaism, as<br />
well as Islam, is one of a God who is<br />
the ultimate object of trust, as that<br />
than which nothing greater can be<br />
conceived, and upon whom we rely<br />
for existence from one moment to<br />
the next.<br />
The fidelity of God, as one to be<br />
trusted and who keeps his promises<br />
is the principal theme of the Bible, so<br />
the concept of trust could hardly be<br />
more deeply rooted than by this religious<br />
understanding of the cosmos<br />
and our place within it. Moreover,<br />
the specifically Christian understanding<br />
of the possibility of a redeemed<br />
world offers a particularly compelling<br />
vision in which to ground the moral<br />
universe and the nature of the moral<br />
life which we are ultimately called to<br />
live. And it is one with the capacity<br />
to warrant a restraint upon greed<br />
by virtue of its emphasis upon our<br />
shared participation in the community<br />
of faith where the welfare of the<br />
individual can only be fully achieved<br />
156 |<br />
within the context of the wider<br />
whole. This can be put in other (Aristotelian)<br />
terms by seeing the function<br />
(ergon) of humankind (which<br />
is rationality for Aristotle) as something<br />
only fully realizeable within the<br />
context of the family and community<br />
since “man is born for citizenship”<br />
(Nicomachean Ethics 1925a:1097)<br />
If all this risks seeming too metaphysical,<br />
the earlier point about the<br />
possibility of exploring that which is<br />
conducive to human flourishing must<br />
be remembered. Whatever flaws<br />
may be found in the details of his<br />
argument, Francis Fukuyama’s book<br />
<strong>Trust</strong>: The Social Virtues and the Creation<br />
of Prosperity. (New York 1995)<br />
can serve to illustrate possibilities<br />
for evidence-based debate upon the<br />
insights we derive. He argued that<br />
trust between individuals is essential<br />
to a healthy economy and sought to<br />
present evidence which suggested<br />
that social cooperation depends, not<br />
only on formal institutions such as<br />
contracts and laws, but also, vitally<br />
and specifically upon trust between<br />
individuals. He argued that it is the<br />
culture of trust (as the source of<br />
spontaneous sociability) that allows<br />
enterprises to grow beyond the level<br />
of a family enterprise into professionally<br />
managed organizations, for trust<br />
expresses beliefs about the predictability<br />
of actions that are essential<br />
to institutional growth. High levels<br />
of trust lead to higher institutional
eliability and lower administration<br />
costs and such trust levels if sustained<br />
can thus support larger and more<br />
efficient organizations. But such trust<br />
cannot be forced negatively merely<br />
through legislation since it in fact<br />
requires a prior overall moral context<br />
in which each individual accepts their<br />
role<br />
But if all this is to be carried through<br />
into meaningful application there is a<br />
paradox, for we must not ultimately<br />
focus unduly on error in practice and<br />
we will need to reign in the culture<br />
of suspicion and concentrate more on<br />
promoting the good than on only detecting<br />
the bad. We can never have<br />
total guarantees about the performance<br />
of people and we will need to<br />
make sure that professionals and all<br />
those engaged in providing services<br />
to the public have the freedom necessary<br />
to do so. Intelligent accountability<br />
that does not stifle operational<br />
effectiveness must be attained.<br />
Above all, the culture of suspicion<br />
must be reigned in by the successful<br />
articulation and application of those<br />
principles and practices that alone<br />
can warrant the trust we must be<br />
able to place in them. To paraphrase<br />
Samuel Johnson: it is better to have<br />
trusted and failed (occasionally) than<br />
never to have trusted at all.<br />
| 157
Contributors<br />
Kofi A. Annan was the seventh Secretary-General<br />
of the United Nations,<br />
serving two terms from 1 January<br />
1997 to 31 December 2006 and was<br />
the first to emerge from the ranks<br />
of United Nations staff. In 2001 Kofi<br />
Annan and the United Nations were<br />
jointly awarded the Nobel Prize for<br />
Peace with the citation praising his<br />
leadership for “bringing new life to<br />
the organisation”.<br />
Current activities<br />
Since leaving the United Nations,<br />
Kofi Annan has continued to press<br />
for better policies to meet the needs<br />
of the poorest and most vulnerable,<br />
particularly in Africa. He has also<br />
continued to use his experience<br />
to mediate and resolve conflict. In<br />
Kenya in early 2008, Mr. Annan led<br />
the African Union’s Panel of Eminent<br />
African Personalities to help find a<br />
peaceful resolution to the post-election<br />
violence.<br />
www.kofiannanfoundation.org<br />
158 |<br />
Alfred R. Berkeley III<br />
University of Virginia, BA, 1966<br />
Wharton School of Finance, MBA,<br />
1968<br />
USAF, 1968 – 1972; 1978- 1980; Major<br />
Alex Brown & Sons, investment<br />
banking, General Partner, Managing<br />
Director, 1972-1996<br />
NASDAQ Stock Market Inc., President,<br />
Vice Chairman, 1996-2003<br />
National Infrastructure Advisory<br />
Council, 2001- Present (Presidential<br />
Appointment)<br />
Evaluator, National Medal of Technology,<br />
2003 - present<br />
Pipeline Financial Group, Inc., Chairman<br />
and Chief Executive Officer<br />
2003 - present<br />
Johns Hopkins University, <strong>Trust</strong>ee<br />
Allen University, an historically black<br />
university, <strong>Trust</strong>ee<br />
World Economic Forum, USA, Director<br />
Realpage, Inc., Director<br />
ACI Worldwide, Inc., Director<br />
XBRL US, Inc., Director
Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola<br />
y García de los Ríos<br />
Chairman, Banco Santander.<br />
Executive Director.<br />
Chairman of the Executive, the International<br />
and the Technology, Productivity<br />
and Quality Committees.<br />
Born in 1934 in Santander (Spain).<br />
Graduate in Economics and Law.<br />
Dr. Joachim Faber<br />
Personal details<br />
Date of birth: May 10, 1950<br />
Place of birth: Gießen, Germany<br />
Education<br />
Studies in law at Bonn University<br />
Doctorate (Dr. rer. publ.) from the<br />
Hochschule für Verwaltungswissenschaft,<br />
(University of Administrative<br />
Sciences), Speyer, including research<br />
work at the Sorbonne, Paris<br />
Professional career<br />
1983 – 1997<br />
Various positions at Citicorp in<br />
Frankfurt and London<br />
1995 – 1997<br />
Head of capital market business in<br />
Europe, North America and Japan<br />
1997<br />
CFO and Member of the Board of<br />
Management of Allianz<br />
Versicherungs AG<br />
Since 2000<br />
CEO of Allianz Global Investors AG,<br />
member of the Board of Management<br />
of Allianz SE<br />
(formerly Allianz AG)<br />
| 159
Contributors<br />
Mark B. Fuller is CEO Co-Founder,<br />
Chairman and CEO of Monitor Group.<br />
Harvard Graduate School of Business<br />
Administration, Cambridge MA, USA,<br />
Degree: Masters in Business Administration<br />
(MBA) with Honors, 1979<br />
Harvard Law School, Cam-bridge MA,<br />
USA, Degree: Doctor of Jurisprudence<br />
(JD) with Honors, 1979, Member<br />
of Harvard Law School Project on<br />
Negotiation, Teaching Fellow in<br />
Social Science course 174: Managing<br />
International Conflict, Award: Award<br />
for Teaching Excellence<br />
Harvard University, Faculty of Arts &<br />
Sciences, Cambridge MA, USA, Degree:<br />
Bachelor of Arts (AB) in History<br />
with Highest Honors, 1975, Awards:<br />
Magna Cum Laude, Dean’s List,<br />
Harvard Prize for History, member of<br />
Phi Beta Kappa, John Harvard Prize,<br />
Detur Prize, Nominated for numerous<br />
fellowships<br />
Professional Experience:<br />
1983-present: The Monitor Group<br />
(1,400 employees), Co-Founder, Chairman<br />
and Chief Executive Officer<br />
160 |<br />
Joseph Fuller is a co-Founder and<br />
Chief Executive Officer of Monitor<br />
Group, a leading global consultancy.<br />
He joined Monitor at its inception<br />
and currently oversees its consulting<br />
operations in twenty-seven offices<br />
globally. Monitor Group serves many<br />
of the world’s most respected companies,<br />
as well as governments and<br />
non-governmental organizations.<br />
During his tenure at Monitor, Joe has<br />
worked with clients in a wide variety<br />
of industries, especially those with a<br />
heavy reliance on technology. He has<br />
particularly deep experience in two<br />
of the world’s most dynamic sectors,<br />
life sciences and telecommunications,<br />
and has advised leading companies<br />
and important regulatory bodies in<br />
both industries.<br />
Joe has contributed extensively to<br />
Monitor’s intellectual property. His<br />
interest in research began during his<br />
collaboration with Professor Michael<br />
Porter of Harvard Business School on<br />
the development of the concepts presented<br />
in Porter’s book, Competitive<br />
Advantage.
Richard Gaul, born in 1946, since May<br />
2008 Chairman of the German Public<br />
Relations Council DRPR; since January<br />
2007 freelance communication<br />
consultant, partner of “Zehle-Gaul-<br />
Communications GmbH”<br />
Professional career: 1964 - 1970<br />
studies in economics and politics in<br />
Cologne and Bonn; 1970 - 1971 editor<br />
Kölner Stadt-Anzeiger; 1972 - 1977<br />
Business editor Stuttgarter Zeitung;<br />
1977 - 1978 editor manager magazin,<br />
Hamburg; 1978 - 1979 editor DIE<br />
ZEIT, Hamburg; 1979 - 1985 deputy<br />
head of business department, DIE<br />
ZEIT, Hamburg; 1985 - 1989 head<br />
of “Presse”department BMW AG,<br />
München; since 1989 Head of “Presseund<br />
Öffentlichkeitsarbeit” BMW AG,<br />
München; from summer 2000 head<br />
of communications and politics.<br />
He is serving on the board of directors<br />
of Media Tenor International.<br />
Scott Gaul is the Product Development<br />
Manager at MIX. He joined<br />
MIX in early 2006, working as analyst<br />
for Eastern Europe and Central Asia<br />
and East Asia and the Pacific. Prior to<br />
joining MIX, Scott worked on interest<br />
rate risk management and asset/liability<br />
management issues for banks and<br />
other financial institutions, including<br />
the World Bank. He also has experience<br />
at a leading microfinance<br />
institution in Kyrgyzstan. As Product<br />
Development Manager, Scott researches,<br />
develops, and operationalizes<br />
new information products that serve<br />
MIX’s mission, business priorities and<br />
client information needs, such as the<br />
new MIX Market platform.<br />
Scott has a bachelor’s degree in<br />
Mathematics from the University of<br />
Chicago, and a master’s degree in<br />
International Economics and International<br />
Development from the Johns<br />
Hopkins School for Advanced International<br />
Studies (SAIS) in Washington.<br />
He speaks Russian.<br />
| 161
Contributors<br />
Andrew Gowers is Global Head of<br />
Communications at BP.<br />
joined Lehman Brothers as Head of<br />
Communications on 05 June 2006. In<br />
December 2005 he was appointed to<br />
lead an independent Review for HM<br />
Government of the UK‘s intellectual<br />
property regime. Andrew was Editor<br />
of the Financial Times from 2001 to<br />
2005.<br />
After graduating from Cambridge<br />
University, Andrew began his journalistic<br />
career in 1980 when he joined<br />
Reuters as a graduate trainee. In<br />
1981, he was appointed Brussels correspondent<br />
and in 1982 he became<br />
Zurich correspondent.<br />
He joined the FT in 1983 on the<br />
foreign desk in London. In 1994, he<br />
was appointed deputy editor.<br />
From July 1997, he spent 15 months<br />
as acting editor while the editor,<br />
Richard Lambert, was in New York<br />
to launch the new US edition of the<br />
Financial Times. In January 1999,<br />
Andrew Gowers was appointed founding<br />
editor of a new German language<br />
business newspaper, Financial<br />
Times Deutschland.<br />
162 |<br />
Canon Alistair Macdonald-Radcliff,<br />
Director General of the C-1 has served<br />
as Senior Advisor to the World Economic<br />
Forum and its Council of 100<br />
Leaders’ West-Islamic Dialogue. He<br />
was also for-merly Dean of All Saints’<br />
Cathedral in Cairo and a Fellow of<br />
the Ethics and Public Policy Center in<br />
Washington DC. a founding partner<br />
of Christian Edge an internet publishing<br />
company and a Director of<br />
Avancia Consulting Inc. He was educated<br />
at the Universities of London<br />
and Oxford where he specialized in<br />
Philosophical Theology with Professors<br />
Richard Swinburne, Brian Davies<br />
O.P and Paul Fiddes as his supervisors<br />
and also taught Philosophy of Religion.<br />
He took an STM Degree at Yale<br />
where he also served as a Research<br />
Fellow. He has undertaken extensive<br />
international work for the church<br />
and assisted on an adjunct basis the<br />
work of the Anglican Consultative<br />
Council and served as special advisor<br />
to Lord Carey of Clifton, the 103rd<br />
Archbishop of Canterbury.<br />
www.C1WorldDialogue.org
Philip D. Moyer has been the President<br />
and Chief Executive Officer of<br />
EDGAR Online, Inc (NASDAQ: EDGR)<br />
since 2007. From 2005 to 2007, Mr.<br />
Moyer was in early stage private<br />
equity and venture capital with Cassini<br />
Capital and as an Entrepreneur<br />
in Residence at Safeguard Scientifics.<br />
During this time he was co-owner of<br />
Cassiopae – a European based Asset<br />
Backed Securities software company.<br />
From 1991 to 2005, Mr. Moyer was at<br />
Microsoft. His most recent roles at<br />
Microsoft were General Manager of<br />
the Professional Services Industry (Accounting,<br />
Legal, HR Outsourcing), General<br />
Manager of Global Customers,<br />
and General Manager of East Region<br />
Enterprise Services (which included<br />
the Consulting, Enterprise Support,<br />
Partners, & Pre Sales Technologists<br />
organizations). Prior to joining Microsoft,<br />
Mr. Moyer was the co-founder<br />
of Orion Systems Group, an education<br />
and municipality software company<br />
which was subsequently sold to<br />
Sungard. He started his career at GE<br />
Aerospace. Mr. Moyer holds a B.S in<br />
Computer Science from the University<br />
of Pittsburgh.<br />
Michel Ogrizek is a seasoned international<br />
consultant in strategic communications,<br />
counselling leaders of<br />
international institutions and global<br />
corporations for more than 20 years.<br />
Former Vice Chairman of Edelman,<br />
Michel assumed responsibility for the<br />
worldwide corporate network and<br />
supervised global practices in Risk,<br />
Issues and Crisis Management, Financial,<br />
Employee Engagement, Health,<br />
and First&42nd, Edelman‘s management<br />
consulting unit..<br />
Before joining Edelman’s headquarters<br />
in New York City, Michel was<br />
successively managing board director<br />
and head of communications at the<br />
World Economic Forum (Geneva);<br />
managing director and global head,<br />
marketing & communications at<br />
UBS Warburg (London); global head<br />
of corporate relations at Unilever<br />
(London and Rotterdam); president &<br />
CEO of Edelman‘s European operations;<br />
president and CEO of Hill &<br />
Knowlton, France.<br />
He is serving on the board of directors<br />
of Media Tenor International.<br />
| 163
Contributors<br />
Roland Schatz,*1965 in Bielefeld,<br />
Journalist in the 5th generation,<br />
studied philosophy, economics,<br />
history and political science and was<br />
influenced by Profs. Henner Kleinewefers,<br />
Ottfried Höffe and Prof.<br />
Josef Maria Bochenski in Fribourg<br />
(CH) and Profs. Ludger Honnefelder<br />
and Peter Baumanns in Bonn. M.A.<br />
thesis on “Consequences of Immanuel<br />
Kant’s Postulate for Civil Dis-obedience”.<br />
His journalistic background:<br />
Braunschweiger Zeitung, epd and<br />
Freiburger Nachrichten. Foundation<br />
of InnoVatio Publishing Ltd. in 1985<br />
to support the old idea of a Greek<br />
Agora with authors as Karl Popper,<br />
Hans Küng, Heinz Maier-Leibnitz, the<br />
Weizsäckers et.al: Journals, books,<br />
congress organisation with a focus<br />
on media monitoring, organisational<br />
development, East-West Dialogue,<br />
culture management, applied<br />
business ethics and new methods in<br />
education.<br />
2008 he was announced Global<br />
Media Export of the UN Alliance of<br />
Civilization, 2009 he founded the<br />
C1 World Dialogue Foundation with<br />
Prince Ghazi of Jordan.<br />
164 |<br />
Wadim Schreiner is the Managing<br />
Director of Media Tenor South Africa<br />
in Pretoria. He has a Masters in Journalism<br />
from the North West University<br />
in South Africa, having written<br />
his paper on “News flow in and out<br />
of Africa and particularly the image<br />
of Africa in international media”. He<br />
has and currently is reading in media<br />
theories and communication methods<br />
at the University of Stellenbosch,<br />
the University of Cape Town, as well<br />
as the Gordon <strong>Institute</strong> for Business<br />
Science. He has spoken at a several<br />
media and journalism conferences<br />
in the United States, South Africa,<br />
Asia and Africa and has published a<br />
number of research articles in international<br />
journals on South African<br />
and international media trends. He is<br />
an editorial member of Ecquid Novi,<br />
the African Research Journal and a<br />
member of the Council for Communication<br />
Education in Africa.
Matthias Vollbracht is Director of<br />
Economic and Business Research at<br />
Media Tenor International in Zurich/Switzerland.<br />
In his research and<br />
consulting work, Matthias Vollbracht<br />
focuses on the impact of media coverage<br />
on public opinion, individual<br />
stakeholder groups and the reputation<br />
of institutions and individuals.<br />
Furthermore, he works on studies to<br />
explore the impact of media on asset<br />
prices and economic behaviour such<br />
as investors’ and consumers’ confidence<br />
as well as inflation expectations.<br />
Matthias Vollbracht received<br />
his degree in economics from the<br />
University of Mainz, Germany and<br />
has worked as a business journalist<br />
before joining Media Tenor.<br />
Liv Apneseth Watson<br />
Board of Director – IRIS Business Services<br />
(India) Private Limited<br />
XBRL International Steering Committee<br />
Member<br />
Chair – XBRL International Jurisdiction<br />
Development Working Group<br />
Liv A. Watson is one of the founders<br />
of XBRL and recently joined the<br />
Board of Director of IRIS Business Services<br />
Private Limited. IRIS is a leading<br />
information and technology player,<br />
which has been in existence for close<br />
to 15 years. IRIS’ core strengths lie in<br />
working with unstructured information<br />
received from various sources, and<br />
standardizing and streamlining such<br />
information sets. IRIS has been very<br />
closely involved with the XBRL space,<br />
in the areas of taxonomy creation,<br />
software solutions and conversion of<br />
data into XBRL format.<br />
She is serving on the board of directors<br />
of Media Tenor International.<br />
| 165
Contributors<br />
Paul Wilkinson was Senior Adviser to<br />
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission<br />
Chairman Christopher Cox<br />
and oversaw adoption of eXtensible<br />
Business Reporting Language as the<br />
Commission’s data standard from<br />
2005 until 2009. The views expressed<br />
are his own. He is a California attorney,<br />
publisher of http://paulwilkinson.com,<br />
and Chief Strategy Officer<br />
for CLOUD, Inc., http://cloudinc.org,<br />
a non-profit organization formed to<br />
create standards giving people more<br />
control over their personal information.<br />
He was the Executive Director<br />
of the U.S. House of Representatives<br />
Majority Policy Committee from 2001<br />
until 2005 and is the co-author of<br />
Set The Default To Open: Plessy’s<br />
Meaning In The Twenty-First Century<br />
and How Technology Puts the<br />
Individual Back at the Center of Life,<br />
Liberty, and Government, Texas<br />
Review of Law and Politics, Vol. 14<br />
(forthcoming).<br />
166 |<br />
Robert B. Zoellick<br />
11th Chief Executive of World Bank<br />
Mr. Zoellick was formerly Vice Chairman,<br />
International of the Goldman<br />
Sachs Group, and a Managing Director<br />
and Chairman of Goldman Sachs‘<br />
Board of International Advisors.<br />
In 2005-06, Mr. Zoellick served as<br />
Deputy Secretary of the U.S. State<br />
Department:<br />
From 2001 to January 2005, Mr.<br />
Zoellick served in the President‘s cabinet<br />
as U.S. Trade Representative.<br />
From 1993 to 1997, Mr. Zoellick served<br />
as an Executive Vice President of<br />
Fannie Mae.<br />
Following Fannie Mae, Zoellick<br />
served for a year as the Olin Visiting<br />
Professor at the U.S. Naval Academy.<br />
From 1985 to 1993, Mr. Zoellick served<br />
with Secretary James A. Baker, III at<br />
the Treasury Department (from Deputy<br />
Assistant Secretary for Financial<br />
Institutions Policy to Counselor to the<br />
Secretary); State Department (Undersecretary<br />
of State for Economic and<br />
Agricultural Affairs as well as Counselor<br />
of the Department).